WO2017033830A1 - Liquid crystal display element - Google Patents
Liquid crystal display element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017033830A1 WO2017033830A1 PCT/JP2016/074097 JP2016074097W WO2017033830A1 WO 2017033830 A1 WO2017033830 A1 WO 2017033830A1 JP 2016074097 W JP2016074097 W JP 2016074097W WO 2017033830 A1 WO2017033830 A1 WO 2017033830A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- liquid crystal
- formula
- present
- compound represented
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 COc(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(C2CCC(*N)CC2)cc1 Chemical compound COc(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(C2CCC(*N)CC2)cc1 0.000 description 18
- ZWJMKDWSBGLFEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C(Oc(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1F)ccc1OC(C(C)=C)=O)=O)=C Chemical compound CC(C(Oc(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1F)ccc1OC(C(C)=C)=O)=O)=C ZWJMKDWSBGLFEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFAFVAPNXFBQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CC1)CCC1C1COC(CCC2COC(C)OC2)CC1 Chemical compound CC(CC1)CCC1C1COC(CCC2COC(C)OC2)CC1 RFAFVAPNXFBQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELHQTAZSUEQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1)ccc1OC Chemical compound CC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1)ccc1OC KELHQTAZSUEQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPMUDXVQHUECRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1COC(C)OC1 Chemical compound CC1COC(C)OC1 RPMUDXVQHUECRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOPUJKVMCYITTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1)ccc1OC)N Chemical compound CCC(C(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c(cc1)ccc1OC)N VOPUJKVMCYITTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZJPNZOEMUPMFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ccc(CCc(cc2)cc(F)c2-c2cc(F)c(C)c(F)c2)cc1 Chemical compound Cc1ccc(CCc(cc2)cc(F)c2-c2cc(F)c(C)c(F)c2)cc1 VZJPNZOEMUPMFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/44—Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/42—Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1343—Electrodes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1345—Conductors connecting electrodes to cell terminals
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/136—Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a semi-conducting layer or substrate, e.g. cells forming part of an integrated circuit
- G02F1/1362—Active matrix addressed cells
- G02F1/1368—Active matrix addressed cells in which the switching element is a three-electrode device
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display element using a nematic liquid crystal composition that exhibits a positive dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ) useful as a liquid crystal display material.
- an IPS mode liquid crystal display device or an FFS mode liquid crystal display device (Fringe Field Switching mode Liquid Display; FFS mode liquid crystal display device) ) Is widely used (see Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).
- the FFS mode is a method introduced to improve the low aperture ratio and transmittance of the IPS mode.
- materials using p-type liquid crystal compositions having a positive dielectric anisotropy are widely used as liquid crystal compositions used in lateral alignment type liquid crystal display devices because they can easily reduce the voltage. Yes.
- liquid crystal element manufacturers are actively developing such as adopting an array using IGZO.
- a method called a rubbing method is often used as a liquid crystal molecule alignment method.
- the surface of the alignment film is rubbed (rubbed) in a certain direction by rotating a roller wrapped with a cloth such as nylon while pressing it with a certain pressure on a thin film coated and baked with an alignment film material such as polyimide.
- an alignment film material such as polyimide.
- a photo-alignment film that imparts anisotropy to the alignment film using linearly polarized ultraviolet rays can be imparted in a non-contact manner, and therefore has been developed as a method for solving the problems of the rubbing method described above.
- the use of a photo-alignment film has also been sought for electric field type display elements (see Patent Document 3).
- the driving method of the liquid crystal display element for example, TN type, STN type, VA type, IPS type, In addition to FFS type and the like, as the size of super-large size display elements of 50 type or more is put into practical use, the liquid crystal composition is injected from the conventional vacuum injection method to the liquid crystal composition liquid.
- a dropping injection method ODF: One Drop Fill
- a droplet is dropped on one substrate surface and bonded to the other substrate is the mainstream of the injection method.
- a laterally oriented electrode such as an IPS mode or an FFS mode has a plurality of strip-shaped electrodes formed on the substrate surface on one side arranged in parallel, and the substrate Since it has a structure in which the entire surface is covered with an alignment film, the surface of the substrate on one side has innumerable irregularities, so when the liquid crystal composition is dropped on the substrate surface, a drop mark is formed on the substrate. As a result, the problem that the drop marks cause deterioration in display quality has been brought to the surface. In addition to such problems, compatibility with the alignment film that is in direct contact with the liquid crystal composition also becomes a problem.
- liquid crystal composition used for the active matrix drive liquid crystal display element driven by a TFT element or the like while maintaining the characteristics and performance required for a liquid crystal display element such as high-speed response performance, in addition to the characteristics of having a high specific resistance value or high voltage holding ratio, which are emphasized, and being stable against external stimuli such as light and heat, development in consideration of the manufacturing method of liquid crystal display elements has been required. ing.
- the problem of the present invention is to solve the above problems, dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ), viscosity ( ⁇ ), nematic phase-isotropic liquid transition temperature (TNI), nematic phase stability at low temperature, A p-type liquid crystal composition that is excellent in various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element such as rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1) and that can realize excellent display characteristics when used in a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element provided with a photo-alignment film was used.
- the object is to provide a liquid crystal display element.
- Another object of the present invention is to use a p-type liquid crystal composition capable of realizing excellent display characteristics (contrast, etc.) when used in a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display device having an alignment film with improved alignment control power.
- the object is to provide a liquid crystal display element.
- the inventors of the present application have made extensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result of studying the configuration of the horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element and the various configurations of various liquid crystal compositions and alignment films, the present invention has been completed. It came.
- liquid crystal display element according to the present invention undergoes very small changes in specific resistance and voltage holding ratio due to heat and light, the practicality of the product is high and high-speed response can be achieved.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is very useful because it can stably exhibit performance in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element used, and can be manufactured with high yield by suppressing display defects caused by the process.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention can use a liquid crystal composition excellent in low-temperature stability and high-speed response.
- the present invention can provide a liquid crystal display element provided with a photo-alignment film in which the alignment regulating force of liquid crystal molecules is improved.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention can realize a high contrast excellent in alignment regulating force.
- liquid crystal display element according to the present invention uses a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable monomer, a very excellent high contrast can be realized.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 cut along the line III-III in FIG.
- FIG. 3 is a modification of FIG. 2, and is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by II line of an electrode layer 3 formed on a substrate 2 in FIG. 1.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG. It is a top view which shows typically the electrode structure in the liquid crystal display element of this invention.
- FIG. 7 is a plan view schematically showing a driving state of a suitable liquid crystal layer used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention in a region of a broken line part VII in FIG. 6.
- the first of the present invention the first substrate and the second substrate disposed opposite to each other, A liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition filled between the first substrate and the second substrate; Driven by the common electrode, a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix, a thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and the thin film transistor on the first substrate.
- the liquid crystal composition has a positive dielectric anisotropy, a nematic phase-isotropic liquid transition temperature of 60 ° C. or higher, and represented by the general formula (i):
- R i1 and R i2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
- the methylene group in the group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group may be substituted with an oxygen atom unless the oxygen atom is continuously bonded, and may be substituted with a carbonyl group unless the carbonyl group is bonded continuously.
- a i1 is (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- .) (B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH ⁇ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ ) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH ⁇ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ .
- the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group, n i1 represents 1, 2, 3 or 4, and when n i1 is 2, 3 or 4, and there are a plurality of A i1 , they may be the same or different, and n i1 is When it is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z i1 are present, they may be the same or different. ) And at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (J):
- R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- a J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O-.)
- the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group
- Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
- n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present.
- X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. It is a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element characterized by containing one or more of the compounds represented by formula (1).
- liquid crystal display element according to the present invention and the substrate and electrode layers which are constituent elements of the liquid crystal display element will be described with reference to FIGS. Next, the liquid crystal layer and the photo-alignment film layer will be described in detail with respect to the components of the liquid crystal display element.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element.
- the configuration of the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the present invention is sandwiched between a first (transparent insulating) substrate 2 and a second (transparent insulating) substrate 7 that are arranged to face each other.
- the first (transparent insulating) substrate 2 has an electrode layer 3 formed on the surface on the liquid crystal layer 5 side.
- the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 is directly brought into contact to induce homogeneous alignment.
- the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition are aligned so as to be substantially parallel to the substrates 2 and 7 when no voltage is applied.
- the second substrate 7 and the first substrate 2 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8.
- a color filter 6 is provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention may be a so-called color filter on array (COA), or may be provided with a color filter between an electrode layer including a thin film transistor and a liquid crystal layer, or the thin film transistor.
- COA color filter on array
- a color filter may be provided between the electrode layer containing and the second substrate.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention between the liquid crystal layer 5 and the first substrate 2 and between the liquid crystal layer 5 and the second substrate 7.
- the photo-alignment film 4 is formed on each of the first substrate and the second substrate.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is on the first substrate 2 or the second substrate 7.
- the photo-alignment film 4 should just be formed in at least one.
- the photo-alignment film 4 is formed between the liquid crystal layer 5 and the first substrate 2 so as to contact the liquid crystal layer 5 on the first substrate 2, the other liquid crystal layer 5 and the second substrate 2 It is preferable to form a photo-alignment film or a rubbing alignment film without providing an alignment film between the substrate 7 and more preferably to form a photo-alignment film.
- the liquid crystal display element 10 includes a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor, a (first) alignment film 4, and a liquid crystal composition. It is preferable that the liquid crystal layer 5, the (second) alignment film 4, the color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially stacked.
- the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic, and one of them can be an opaque material such as silicon.
- the two substrates 2 and 7 are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, Spacer columns made of resin formed by granular spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, or the photolithography method may be arranged.
- the substrate according to the present invention preferably contains a transparent conductive material.
- FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 cut along the line III-III in FIG. 2 and 3 describe an example of the FFS mode as an example of a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element according to the present invention.
- FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 described later describe an example of the IPS mode as an example of the horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element according to the present invention.
- the electrode layer 3 including thin film transistors formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 includes a plurality of gate bus lines 26 for supplying scanning signals and a plurality of gate bus lines 26 for supplying display signals.
- Data bus lines 25 are arranged in a matrix so as to cross each other. In FIG. 2, only a pair of gate bus lines 26 and a pair of data bus lines 25 are shown.
- a unit pixel of the liquid crystal display device is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 26 and the plurality of data bus lines 25, and a pixel electrode 21 and a common electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel. .
- a thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 24, and a gate electrode 28 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 26 and the data bus line 25 intersect each other.
- the thin film transistor is connected to the pixel electrode 21 as a switch element that supplies a display signal to the pixel electrode 21.
- a common line 29 is provided in parallel with the gate bus line 26.
- the common line 29 is connected to the common electrode 22 in order to supply a common signal to the common electrode 22.
- a preferred embodiment of the structure of the thin film transistor is provided, for example, as shown in FIG. 3 so as to cover the gate electrode 11 formed on the surface of the substrate 2 and the gate electrode 11 and cover the substantially entire surface of the substrate 2.
- a source electrode 17 which covers the other side edge of the layer 14 and the semiconductor layer 13 and is in contact with the gate insulating layer 12 formed on the surface of the substrate 2; and the drain Has an insulating protective layer 18 provided to cover the electrode 16 and the source electrode 17, a.
- An anodic oxide film may be formed on the surface of the gate electrode 11 for reasons such as eliminating a step with the gate electrode.
- Amorphous silicon, polycrystalline polysilicon, or the like can be used for the semiconductor layer 13, but when a transparent semiconductor film such as ZnO, IGZO (In—Ga—Zn—O), ITO, or the like is used, it results from light absorption. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the adverse effect of optical carriers and increasing the aperture ratio of the element.
- ohmic contact layers 15 may be provided between the semiconductor layer 13 and the drain electrode 16 or the source electrode 17 for the purpose of reducing the width and height of the Schottky barrier.
- a material in which an impurity such as phosphorus such as n-type amorphous silicon or n-type polycrystalline polysilicon is added at a high concentration can be used.
- the gate bus line 26, the data bus line 25, and the common line 29 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni, or an alloy thereof, Al or Cu
- the case of using the alloy wiring is particularly preferable.
- the insulating protective layer 18 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride film, or the like.
- the common electrode 22 is a flat electrode formed on almost the entire surface of the gate insulating layer 12, while the pixel electrode 21 is an insulating protective layer 18 covering the common electrode 22. It is a comb-shaped electrode formed on the top. That is, the common electrode 22 is disposed at a position closer to the first substrate 2 than the pixel electrode 21, and these electrodes are disposed so as to overlap each other via the insulating protective layer 18.
- the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), IZTO (Indium Zinc Tin Oxide), and the like. Since the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are formed of a transparent conductive material, the area opened by the unit pixel area increases, and the aperture ratio and transmittance increase.
- the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 have an interelectrode distance (also referred to as a minimum separation distance): R between the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 in order to form a fringe electric field between the electrodes.
- the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 is smaller than G.
- the distance between electrodes: R represents the distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the electrodes.
- the FFS type liquid crystal display element can use a horizontal electric field formed in a direction perpendicular to a line forming the comb shape of the pixel electrode 21 and a parabolic electric field.
- the electrode width of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: l and the width of the gap of the comb-shaped portion of the pixel electrode 21: m are such that all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable to form.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention is preferably an FFS liquid crystal display element using a fringe electric field, and an interelectrode distance R (common electrode 22) between the common electrode 22 and the pixel electrode 21 adjacent to the common electrode 22 is used.
- the pixel electrode 21 adjacent to the common electrode 22 is preferably shorter than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers 4 (inter-substrate distance).
- the FFS mode liquid crystal display element when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal molecules arranged so that the long axis direction is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment layer, it is common with the pixel electrode 21.
- An equipotential line of a parabolic electric field is formed between the electrode 22 and the upper part of the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 and is arranged along the electric field in which the major axis of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 is formed.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention uses liquid crystal molecules having positive dielectric anisotropy, the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned along the generated electric field direction.
- the common electrode and the pixel electrode are preferably formed on the same substrate.
- the common electrode and the pixel electrode are formed on the first substrate as shown in FIGS.
- the color filter 6 preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor and the storage capacitor 23 from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage.
- a pair of photo-alignment films 4 that are in direct contact with the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 and induce homogeneous alignment are provided.
- an alignment film as a photo-alignment film, we can reduce the problem of the alignment restriction on liquid crystal molecules due to uneven rubbing and dust generated during rubbing, and provide an FFS liquid crystal display element with excellent transmittance characteristics. can do.
- the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast are good by adjusting the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate, and the transmission axes thereof operate in the normally black mode.
- any one of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules.
- a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
- the common electrode is formed on substantially the entire surface of the first substrate and arranged on the first substrate side from the pixel electrode. That is, a preferred embodiment of the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention is filled between the first substrate and the second substrate that are disposed opposite to each other, and between the first substrate and the second substrate.
- a photo-alignment film layer for inducing homogeneous alignment formed between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and the second substrate, respectively, and the pixel electrode and the common electrode
- the horizontal component R of the inter-electrode distance is smaller than the distance G between the first substrate and the second substrate, the common electrode is formed almost on the entire surface of the first substrate, and the first component is higher than the pixel electrode. Arranged on the substrate side. Note that FIGS. 2 to 3 which are one mode of the present invention show a mode in which the common electrode is formed on almost the entire surface of the first substrate and
- the FFS type liquid crystal display element described with reference to FIGS. 2 to 3 is an example, and can be implemented in various other forms without departing from the technical idea of the present invention.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 are IPS liquid crystal display elements.
- FIG. 4 is another embodiment of the plan view in which the region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the substrate 2 in FIG. 1 is enlarged.
- the pixel electrode 21 may have a slit.
- the slit pattern may be formed to have an inclination angle with respect to the gate bus line 26 or the data bus line 25.
- the pixel electrode 21 shown in FIG. 4 has a shape in which a substantially rectangular flat plate electrode is cut out by a notch portion having a substantially rectangular frame shape.
- a comb-like common electrode 22 is formed on one surface of the back surface of the pixel electrode 21 via an insulating layer 18 (not shown).
- the (shortest) separation distance R between the adjacent common electrode and the pixel electrode is longer than the shortest separation distance G between the alignment layers (or substrates).
- the surface of the pixel electrode is preferably covered with a protective insulating film and an alignment film layer.
- a storage capacitor (not shown) for storing a display signal supplied through the data wiring 24 may be provided in an area surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 25 and the plurality of data bus lines 26. .
- the shape of the notch is not particularly limited, and is not limited to the substantially rectangular shape shown in FIG. 4, and a notch having a known shape such as an ellipse, a circle, a rectangle, a rhombus, a triangle, or a parallelogram. Can be used.
- a notch having a known shape such as an ellipse, a circle, a rectangle, a rhombus, a triangle, or a parallelogram.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display element according to an embodiment different from that of FIG. 3.
- FIG. 5 is another cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG. It is an example.
- the first substrate 2 on which the alignment layer 4 and the electrode layer 3 including the thin film transistor are formed on the surface, and the second substrate 8 on which the alignment layer 4 is formed on the surface are separated so that the alignment layers face each other at a predetermined interval G.
- This space is filled with a liquid crystal layer 5 containing a liquid crystal composition.
- the gate insulating film 12, the common electrode 22, the insulating film 18, the pixel electrode 21, and the alignment layer 4 are stacked in this order on part of the surface of the first substrate 2.
- FIG. 5 shows an example in which the common electrode 22 is formed on the gate insulating film 12.
- the common electrode 22 is formed on the first substrate 2.
- the pixel electrode 21 may be provided via the gate insulating film 12.
- the electrode width of the pixel electrode 21: l, the electrode width of the common electrode 22: n, and the interelectrode distance: R are appropriately adjusted to such a width that all liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. It is preferable.
- the interelectrode distance R is preferably longer than the shortest separation distance G between the substrates (that is, G ⁇ ).
- the pixel electrode 21 is provided on the liquid crystal layer side with respect to the common electrode 22, but the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 may be provided at the same height in the thickness direction, or the common electrode 22 is the pixel electrode. 21 may be provided on the liquid crystal layer side.
- the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are provided at the same height in the thickness direction, as shown in FIG. 6A, the pixel electrode 21 and the common electrode 22 are loosely fitted on the same substrate. The structure to provide is mentioned.
- the common electrode and the pixel electrode are formed on the first substrate as shown in FIGS.
- an electric field substantially parallel to the substrate is generated between the electrodes.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention preferably has an IPS-type liquid crystal display composition using a horizontal electric field with respect to the substrate, and the substrate having a separation distance between the common electrode 22 and the pixel electrode 21 adjacent to the common electrode 22. If the horizontal component R is longer than the shortest separation distance D between the substrates (distance between the substrates), a horizontal electric field is formed between the common electrode and the pixel electrode, and the liquid crystal molecules are moved in the in-plane direction depending on the presence or absence of voltage. Switching is possible.
- the IPS mode liquid crystal display element when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal molecules arranged so that the long axis direction is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment layer, the pixel electrode 21 is shared.
- An equipotential line of a horizontal electric field is formed between the electrode 22 and the substrate, and is arranged along the electric field in which the major axis of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 is formed.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention uses liquid crystal molecules having positive dielectric anisotropy, the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned along the generated electric field direction.
- the IPS mode liquid crystal display element according to the present invention uses a specific liquid crystal composition and a specific photo-alignment film, it is possible to achieve both high-speed response and suppression of display defects.
- a liquid crystal layer 5 is injected between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 in a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element such as an IPS mode or an FFS mode
- a vacuum injection method or a drop injection A method such as an ODF (One Drop Fill) method is performed, but in the present invention, in the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a drop mark when the liquid crystal composition is dropped onto a substrate.
- a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark on which a liquid crystal composition has been dropped floats white.
- the occurrence of dripping marks is greatly affected by the liquid crystal material to be injected, but the influence is unavoidable depending on the configuration of the display element.
- the thin film transistor formed in the display element, the pixel electrode 21 having a comb shape or a slit, and the like are only the thin alignment film 4 or the thin alignment film 4 and the thin insulating protective layer 18. Since there is no member that separates the liquid crystal composition, there is a high possibility that the ionic substance cannot be completely blocked, and it was impossible to avoid the formation of dripping marks due to the interaction between the metal material constituting the electrode and the liquid crystal composition.
- generation of dripping marks can be effectively suppressed.
- the liquid crystal display element in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop an optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element.
- the liquid crystal display element can be kept at a high yield because liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long period of time with little influence on abrupt pressure change or impact in the apparatus.
- small liquid crystal display elements that are frequently used in smartphones that have been popular recently are difficult to control the deviation from the optimal value within a certain range because the optimal liquid crystal injection amount is small.
- a stable discharge amount of a liquid crystal material can be realized even in a small liquid crystal display element.
- liquid crystal layer and the photo-alignment film layer which are other components of the liquid crystal display element according to the present invention, will be described in detail below.
- the liquid crystal layer according to the present invention is a layer containing a liquid crystal composition, and is preferably composed of a liquid crystal composition.
- the liquid crystal composition is preferably applied to a liquid crystal display element of a horizontal alignment method, for example, an FFS mode and / or an IPS mode.
- a polymerizable monomer may be added to the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention. Therefore, the liquid crystal layer according to the present invention is preferably in a state in which the polymerizable monomer contained in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized. As will be described later, this can increase the alignment regulating force.
- the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is one or more selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the general formula (i) as the first component and a compound represented by the general formula (J) as the second component.
- a liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy value containing a compound of formula (i) and represented by formula (J) as a second component of one or more compounds represented by formula (i) It is preferable that 1 type or 2 types or more are included.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (i) and the compound represented by the general formula (J) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10% and 15%. 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% 75% and 80%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 97%, 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 30% 25% and 20%.
- Preferred physical property values of the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention are preferably that ⁇ is 1.5 to 12, and ⁇ n is 0.08 to 0.20.
- rings A i1 may be the same or different.
- Ring A i1 is preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and is preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed.
- Each ring A i1 is independently Trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene Group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, Represents a piperidine-1,4-diyl group, a naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, a decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group
- octylene group Represents a piperidine-1,4-diyl group, a naphthalen
- it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
- Z i1 is more preferably a single bond.
- N i1 is preferably 2, 3 or 4. In the case of preferable conditions, since there are a plurality of Z Mi1 , they may be the same or different.
- both R i1 and R i2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on lowering viscosity. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
- R i1 and R i2 are each a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a straight-chain carbon atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R i1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
- the ring structure to which the alkoxy group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane
- a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms A linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
- the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
- alkyl group, alkenyl group and alkoxy group according to the present invention are all preferably linear or branched.
- a more preferable alkenyl group according to the present invention is preferably selected from groups represented by any one of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (i) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, and drop marks. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 15%, and 20%. , 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75% 80%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 30%, 25% It is.
- the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention maintains a high Tni and requires a composition having good temperature stability, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
- one or more compounds represented by the general formula (i) are contained and contained in an amount 5 to 20 times the compound represented by the general formula (M) of the second component.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i) as the first component has effects such as high-speed response.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention can also contain one or more compounds represented by the general formula (i).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i) includes a compound having a viscosity reducing action.
- the kind of compound used as a compound represented with general formula (i) which is a 1st component is one kind as one embodiment of this invention, for example. Or in another embodiment of the present invention, there are two types. In another embodiment of the present invention, there are three types.
- they are four types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of this invention, they are five types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are six types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are seven types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of this invention, they are eight types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are nine types. Furthermore, in another embodiment of this invention, it is ten or more types.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i) according to the present invention preferably has no chlorine atom in the molecule when chemical stability of the liquid crystal composition is required.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (i-1) to (i-7).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) is the following compound.
- R i11 and R i12 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in the general formula (i).
- R i11 and R i12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the lower limit of the preferable content is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, and 15% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, and 55%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 93%, 90%, 87%, 85%, 82%, and 80% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 77%, 75%, 73%, 70%, 67%, 65%, 63%, 60%, 57%, 55% %, 52%, 50%, 47%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
- the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention requires a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (i-1-1).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (i-1-1.1) to the formula (i-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (i-1-1.2) or formula (i-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (i-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, and 10%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (i-1-2).
- R i12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (i-1).
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (i-1-2.1) to the formula (i-1-2.4).
- it is a compound represented by the formula (i-1-2.2) to the formula (i-1-2.4).
- the compound represented by the formula (i-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved.
- it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (i-1-2.3) or the formula (i-1-2.4).
- the content of the compounds represented by the formulas (i-1-2.3) and (i-1-2.4) is preferably not more than 30% in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38%, and 40%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
- the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compound represented by formula (i-1-1.3) and the compound represented by formula (i-1-2.2) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The values are 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35% and 40%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (i-1-3).
- R i13 and R i14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- R i13 and R i14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (i-1-3.1) to the formula (i-1-3.12).
- the compound represented by the formula (i-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (i-1-3.3), the equation (i-1-3.4), the equation (i-1-3.11), and the equation (i- It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (i-1-3.3), formula (i-1-3.4), formula (i-1-3.11) and formula (i-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (i-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (i-1-4) and / or (i-1-5).
- R i15 and R i16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- R i15 and R i16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (i-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
- the compounds represented by the general formulas (i-1-4) and (i-1-5) are represented by the formulas (i-1-4.1) to (i-1-5.3). Are preferably selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (i-1-4.2) or (i-1-5.2).
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-2) is the following compound.
- R i21 and R i22 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
- R i21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
- R i22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
- An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (i-2.1) to (i-2.6)
- a compound represented by formula (i-2.1), formula (i-2.3), formula (i-2.4) and formula (i-2.6) is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-3) is the following compound.
- R i31 and R i32 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in the general formula (i).
- R i31 and R i32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (i-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
- the effect is high when the content is set to be large, and conversely, when high Tni is emphasized, the effect is high when the content is set low. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (i-3.1) to (i-3.4)
- a compound represented by formula (i-3.2) to formula (i-3.7) is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) is the following compound.
- R i41 and R i42 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
- R i41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
- R i42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
- An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dropping. It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as marks, image sticking, and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (i-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
- the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (i-4.1) to the formula (i-4.3).
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (i-4.1) or formula (i-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
- the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is The lower limit of the preferred content is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (i-4.4) to the formula (i-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (i-4.4) or formula (i-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%.
- Preferred upper limit values are 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13% %, 10%, and 8%.
- the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-4.7) to the formula (i-4.10), and particularly the formula (i-4.
- the compound represented by 9) is preferred.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is the following compound.
- R i51 and R i52 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
- R i51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
- R i52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
- An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is such that solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dropping It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as marks, image sticking, and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
- the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is represented by the formula (i-5.1) or the formula (i-5.2).
- the compound represented by formula (i-5.1) is particularly desirable.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-5.3) or the formula (i-5.4).
- the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (i-5.5) to (i-5.7).
- the compound represented by i-5.7) is preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-6) is the following compound.
- R i61 and R i62 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i), and X i61 and X i62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom).
- R i61 and R i62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X i61 and X i62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
- the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-6.1) to the formula (i-6.9).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (i-6.10) to the formula (i-6.17).
- the compound represented by i-6.11) is preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is the following compound.
- R i71 and R i72 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i), and A i71 and A i72 each independently represent A i2 and in formula (i)).
- a 1 represents the same meaning as A i3 , but the hydrogen atoms on A i71 and A i72 may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom
- Z i71 represents the same meaning as Z i2 in formula (i)
- X i71 and X i72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
- R i71 and R i72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- a i71 and A i72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atomss
- the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dropping. It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as marks, image sticking, and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
- the content of the compound represented by formula (i-7) is preferably increased, and when an embodiment with low viscosity is desired, the content is It is preferable to reduce the amount.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-7.1) to the formula (i-7.4), and the formula (i-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-7.11) to the formula (i-7.13), and the formula (i-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is a compound represented by the formula (i-7.21) to the formula (i-7.23).
- a compound represented by the formula (i-7.21) is preferable.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-7.31) to the formula (i-7.34), and the formula (i-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by formula (i-7.32).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-7.41) to the formula (i-7.44), and the formula (i-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (i-7.42).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i) is preferably selected from the group represented by the following general formula (i-8).
- R i81 and R i82 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (i-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 7%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 15%, and 17%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the liquid crystal compound having an allyl ether group at the terminal has good characteristics as a component of the liquid crystal composition, but has a problem in reliability.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-8) is remarkably improved in reliability by difluorinating a specific position of the benzene ring having an allyl ether group without impairing the original excellent characteristics of the skeleton. Improve, further improve compatibility, reduce viscosity.
- the dielectric anisotropy may have a slight positive dielectric anisotropy (5 or less) depending on the type of the side chain group. It is classified as.
- R i82 in the general formula (i-8) when an alkyl group or alkenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is selected, a positive dielectric anisotropy can be imparted. It is.
- the compound represented by formula (i-8) alone exhibits a liquid crystal phase in the range of 40 to 110 ° C., ⁇ n is about 0.26, flow viscosity is as low as about 25 mPa ⁇ s, and dielectric constant Anisotropy is about +4 to 5, and it has very good compatibility when used as a component of a liquid crystal composition.
- the compounds represented by the general formula (i-8) used in the liquid crystal composition of the present invention are specifically represented by the formulas (i-8.1) to (i-8.24).
- the compounds represented by formula (i-8.5), formula (i-8.6), formula (i-8.13) and formula (i-8.14) are particularly preferable. It is preferable to contain.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7% 8%, 9%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-9) as the first component preferably contains at least one kind or two or more kinds of compounds represented by the following general formula (i-9.1). .
- R L72 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- One group selected from the group consisting of groups. From the viewpoint of improving the light resistance, heat resistance or image sticking of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to include a compound represented by the general formula (i-9).
- the compound represented by the general formula (i-9) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the formula (i-9.1) to the formula (i-9.5).
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by formula (J) as the second component (these compounds are dielectrically positive compounds ( ⁇ is greater than 2).
- the general formula (J) as the second component is represented by the following chemical structure.
- R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- a J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O-.)
- the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group
- Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
- n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present.
- X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.
- R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
- R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
- the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
- An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
- the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
- a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
- the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
- the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
- a J1 , A J2 and A J3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed.
- Z J1 and Z J2 each independently preferably represent —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond, OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferred, and —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferred.
- X J1 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
- n J1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni .
- the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (J) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, and 55% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. Yes, 45%, 35%, 25%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- R J1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
- the compound represented by the general formula (J) is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the general formula (M) and the compound represented by the general formula (K).
- R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- C M1 and C M2 are each independently (D) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (e) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH ⁇ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ ).
- K M1 and K M2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—,
- X M1 and X M3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom
- X M2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a
- R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
- R M1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
- the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
- An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
- the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
- a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
- the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
- the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
- a M1 and A M2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro -1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2 2.2] Octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2 , 6-diyl
- Z M1 and Z M2 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or may represent a single bond
- —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
- X M1 is preferably a fluorine atom.
- R M1 represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R M1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). And an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
- R M1 is preferably an alkyl group when emphasizing reliability, and is preferably an alkenyl group when emphasizing a decrease in viscosity.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) according to the present invention preferably does not have a chlorine atom in the molecule when chemical stability of the liquid crystal composition is required.
- the compound having a chlorine atom in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, preferably 1% or less, preferably 0.5% or less, It is preferable not to contain substantially. “Substantially not contained” means that the compound produced as an impurity during the production of the compound is not intended and only a compound containing a chlorine atom is mixed in the liquid crystal composition.
- the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25 %, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% %.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, and 55% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. Yes, 45%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) according to the present invention is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-1).
- R M11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M11 to X M15 each independently represents hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y M11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
- the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) to the formula (M-1.4).
- a compound represented by M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (M-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (M-1.1) or formula (M-1.2) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% It is.
- the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by the formulas (M-1.1) and (M-1.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, %, 5% and 6%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% It is.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-2), for example.
- R M21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M21 and X M22 each independently represent hydrogen represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y M21 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to maintain a high Tni and hardly burn-in, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-2) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-2.1) to the formula (M-2.5). 3) or / and a compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) is preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% It is.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% It is.
- Lower limit value of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by formulas (M-2.2), (M-2.3) and formula (M-2.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention Is 1%, 2%, 5%, 6%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% It is.
- the content is preferably 1% or more with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention, more preferably 5% or more, further preferably 8% or more, further preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 14% or more. 16% or more is particularly preferable.
- the maximum ratio is preferably limited to 30% or less, more preferably 25% or less, more preferably 22% or less, and more preferably 20%. Less than is particularly preferred.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) used in the composition of the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-3).
- R M31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M31 to X M36 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y M31 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) is an upper limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy. There is a lower limit.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-3) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-3.1) to the formula (M-3.4).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by Formula (M-3.1) and / or Formula (M-3.2) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by the formulas (M-3.1) and (M-3.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, %, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group represented by the general formula (M-4).
- R M41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M41 to X M48 are each independently fluorine.
- Y M41 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) is an upper limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy. There is a lower limit.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- composition of the present invention When used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
- a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage When used for a liquid crystal display element having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
- a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
- a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-4).
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-4) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-4.1) to the formula (M-4.4).
- it is a compound, and among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-4.2) to the formula (M-4.4), and a compound represented by the formula (M-4.2) It is more preferable to contain.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-5).
- R M51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M51 and X M52 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y M51 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23% 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to maintain a high Tni and hardly burn-in, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.1) to the formula (M-5.4), and the formula (M-5.
- a compound represented by formula (M-5.4) is preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% Yes, 15%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.11) to the formula (M-5.17), and the formula (M-5. 11), a compound represented by formula (M-5.13) and formula (M-5.17) is preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% Yes, 15%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-5.21) to the formula (M-5.28), and the formula (M-5. 21), a compound represented by formula (M-5.22), formula (M-5.23) and formula (M-5.25).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% Yes, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 40%, 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18% 15% 13% 10% 8% 5%
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
- R M61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X M61 to X M64 are each independently fluorine.
- Y M61 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- composition of the present invention When the composition of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device having a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6). In the case of a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-6).
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.1) to the formula (M-6.4). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.2) and formula (M-6.4).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.11) to the formula (M-6.14). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.12) and formula (M-6.14).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.21) to the formula (M-6.24). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-6.21), formula (M-6.22) and formula (M-6.24).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) to the formula (M-6.34). Among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the formula (M-6.31) and the formula (M-6.32).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-6) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-6.41) to the formula (M-6.44). It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-6.42).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (M-7).
- X M71 to X M76 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- R M71 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 represents an alkoxy group
- Y M71 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is an upper limit for each embodiment in consideration of properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy. There is a lower limit.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- composition of the present invention When used for a liquid crystal display device having a small cell gap, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
- the composition of the present invention When used for a liquid crystal display element with a low driving voltage, it is suitable to increase the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
- it when used for a liquid crystal display element used in a low temperature environment, it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
- a composition used for a liquid crystal display device having a high response speed it is suitable to reduce the content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-7).
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.1) to the formula (M-7.4), and the formula (M-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.11) to the formula (M-7.14), and the formula (M-7. 11) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.12) are preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (M-7.21) to the formula (M-7.24). 21) and a compound represented by the formula (M-7.22) are preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (M-8).
- X M81 to X M84 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M81 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M81 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- a M81 and A M82 are each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group or
- the hydrogen atom on the 1,4-phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-8) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.1) to the formula (M-8.4).
- it is a compound, and among them, it is preferable to contain a compound represented by formula (M-8.1) or formula (M-8.2).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.11) to the formula (M-8.14).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by the formula (M-8.12) is preferably included.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.21) to the formula (M-8.24).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by the formula (M-8.22) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.31) to the formula (M-8.34).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by the formula (M-8.32) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by formula (M-8.41) to formula (M-8.44).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by the formula (M-8.42) is preferably included.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-8) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-8.51) to the formula (M-8.54).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by the formula (M-8.52) is preferably included.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M) may have the following partial structure in its structure.
- the black spot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure to which the partial structure is bonded.
- the compound having the partial structure is preferably a compound represented by general formulas (M-10) to (M-18).
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) is as follows.
- X M101 and X M102 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M101 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M101 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- W M101 and W M102 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by formula (M-10) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by formula (M-10.1) to formula (M-10.12).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by formula (M-10. 5) to formula (M-10.12) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-11) is as follows.
- X M111 to X M114 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M111 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M111 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-11) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-11.1) to the formula (M-11.8).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by formula (M-11.1) to formula (M-11.4) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-12) is as follows.
- X M121 and X M122 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M121 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M121 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- W M121 and W M122 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-12) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-12.1) to the formula (M-12.12).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by formula (M-12.5) to formula (M-12.8) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) is as follows.
- X M131 to X M134 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M131 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M131 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- W M131 and W M132 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-13.1) to the formula (M-13.28). It is preferable that the compound is a compound, and among them, from the formulas (M-13.1) to (M-13.4), (M-13.11) to (M-13.14), (M-13.25) to ( It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-13.28).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) is as follows.
- X M141 to X M144 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M141 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M141 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- W M141 and W M142 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-14.1) to the formula (M-14.8).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, a compound represented by formula (M-14.5) and formula (M-14.8) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-15) is as follows.
- X M151 and X M152 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M151 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M151 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- W M151 and W M152 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (M-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-15) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formulas (M-15.1) to (M-15.14).
- the compound contains a compound represented by formula (M-15.5) to formula (M-15.8) or formula (M-15.11) to formula (M-15.14). It is preferable to do.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-16) is as follows.
- X M161 to X M164 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M161 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M161 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-16) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-16.1) to the formula (M-16.8).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, it is preferable to include a compound represented by Formula (M-16.1) to Formula (M-16.4).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) is as follows.
- X M171 ⁇ X M174 are each independently a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M171 fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or -OCF 3,
- R M171 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
- W M171 and W M172 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-17) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-17.1) to the formula (M-17.52).
- the compound is a compound (M-17.9) to (M-17.12), (M-17.21) to (M-17.28), (M-17. 45) to a compound represented by the formula (M-17.48) is preferably contained.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-18) is as follows.
- X M181 to X M186 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom
- Y M181 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3
- R M181 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- the lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (M-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when a composition that does not easily cause seizure is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (M-18) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-18.1) to the formula (M-18.12).
- a compound is preferable, and among them, it is preferable to include a compound represented by Formula (M-18.5) to Formula (M-18.8).
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (K). These compounds correspond to dielectrically positive compounds ( ⁇ is greater than 2).
- R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — Optionally substituted by C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n K1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- a K1 and A K2 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH ⁇ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH ⁇ may be replaced by —N ⁇ ).
- a hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
- Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C ⁇ C—
- n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A K2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z K1 is present
- X K1 and X K3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom
- X K2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a
- R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
- RK1 is preferably an alkyl group when importance is placed on reliability, and an alkenyl group is preferred when importance is placed on lowering viscosity.
- the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
- An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
- the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
- a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
- the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
- the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents the carbon atom in the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded.)
- a K1 and A K2 are preferably aromatic when it is required to independently increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and trans-1,4 -Cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2, 3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6- It preferably represents a diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
- Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or preferably a single bond, -CF 2 O-, —CH 2 CH 2 — or a single bond is more preferable, and —CF 2 O— or a single bond is particularly preferable.
- n K1 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0, 1 or 2, preferably 0 or 1 when emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , and preferably 1 or 2 when emphasizing Tni. .
- the types of compounds that can be combined are used in combination according to desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- desired performance such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy.
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (K) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% %, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is, for example, 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, and 55% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. Yes, 45%, 35%, 25%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-1), for example.
- R K11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K11 to X K14 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y K11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
- the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-1) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-1.1) to the formula (K-1.4).
- a compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-1.2) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-1.1) or formula (K-1.2) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-2), for example.
- R K21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K21 to X K24 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y K21 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
- the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-2) is specifically preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-2.1) to the formula (K-2.6).
- a compound represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) is preferred, and a compound represented by formula (K-2.6) is more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-2.5) or formula (K-2.6) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-3), for example.
- R K31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K31 to X K36 are each independently hydrogen.
- Y K31 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.
- the type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-3.1) to the formula (K-3.4).
- a compound represented by K-3.1) or formula (K-3.2) is more preferable. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-3.1) and formula (K-3.2) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably, for example, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (K-4).
- R K41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K41 to X K46 are each independently hydrogen.
- An atom or a fluorine atom Y K41 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
- Z K41 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-4.1) to the formula (K-4.18). More preferred are compounds represented by (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12). It is also preferred to use compounds represented by formula (K-4.1), formula (K-4.2), formula (K-4.11), and (K-4.12) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from, for example, a compound group represented by the general formula (K-5).
- R K51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K51 to X K56 are each independently hydrogen.
- An atom or a fluorine atom Y K51 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
- Z K51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-5.1) to the formula (K-5.18).
- a compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) to the compound represented by the formula (K-5.14) is preferable, and a compound represented by the formula (K-5.12) is more preferable.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the compound represented by General Formula (K) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (K-6), for example.
- R K61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X K61 to X K68 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom
- Y K61 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3
- Z K61 is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or an -CF 2 O-).
- the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (K-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- the composition of the present invention keeps the viscosity low and a composition having a high response speed is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable to lower the lower limit and lower the upper limit. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the upper limit value while increasing the lower limit value.
- the compound represented by the general formula (K-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (K-6.1) to the formula (K-6.18).
- Compounds represented by formula (K-6.18) to formula (K-6.18) are preferred, and compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) are more preferred. It is also preferred to use the compounds represented by formula (K-6.16) and formula (K-6.17) at the same time.
- the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5%, 8%, 10% Yes, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
- the upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
- R 1a and R 2a represent the same meaning as R i1 in the general formula (i), respectively
- R 1b and R 2b represent the general formula (i), respectively.
- n 1b represents 1 or 2
- a 1b are each independently trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group
- one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a fluorine atom
- at least one or two types are selected from the group of compounds represented by :), more preferably three types are selected.
- At least two compounds selected from the compound group represented by the general formula (Ia) and the general formula (Ib) are contained in an amount of 25 to 99% by mass in the entire liquid crystal composition.
- the content is preferably 30 to 80% by mass, more preferably 35 to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 55% by mass.
- More preferred embodiments of the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention include the general formula (II-a) and the general formula (II-b) as the second component.
- R 3a and R 3b represent the same meaning as R i1 in the general formula (i), respectively, X 1a and X 1b represent a fluorine atom, —OCF 3 or —CF 3 , wherein A 2a and A 2b are each independently a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5- Represents a diyl group, a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and one hydrogen atom in the group may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
- m 2a and Z 2b each independently represents a single bond, —CF 2 O—, OCF 2 —, CH 2 O— or —OCH 2 —, and m 2a and m 2b represent 1 or 2.
- m 2a and m 2b When the 2, may be identical or different each A 2a and A 2b, at least from the Z 2a and Z 2b may each be the same or different.)
- a compound represented by 1 It is preferred that a species or two types of compounds are selected.
- the combination of the general formula (II-a) and the general formula (II-b) occupies 5 to 35% of the entire liquid crystal composition, an effect of ensuring an improvement of ⁇ n and a driveable ⁇ is obtained. Furthermore, when it is used in combination with a suitable combination of the first component and the total amount of the first component is greater than the amount of the second component, high-speed response can be maintained. Further, the combination of the general formula (II-a) or the general formula (II-b) and the general formula (Ia) or the general formula (Ib) is a phase between the compounds of the components of the liquid crystal composition. In order to improve the solubility, the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition is improved, whereby the problem of precipitation of the liquid crystal compound can be suppressed / prevented.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention as the first component, at least one compound or two or more compounds are selected from the compound group represented by the general formula (Ia) and the general formula (Ia).
- at least two kinds are selected as the second component from the compound group represented by the general formula (IIa) and the general formula (IIb)
- the problem regarding the low temperature stability that the liquid crystal compound is precipitated but also the dropwise addition All of the problems of scars and the effect of maintaining high-speed response can be achieved.
- the lower limit value of the total content of the compounds represented by the general formula (i) and the general formula (J) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 80%, 85%, 88% 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 100% It is.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, and 95%.
- the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds represented by the general formula (i), general formula (M) and (K) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 80% and 85%. Yes, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% Yes, 100%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, and 95%.
- the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compounds to be obtained is 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% %, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 100%.
- the upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, and 95%.
- composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded in the molecule.
- the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less with respect to the total mass of the composition. Preferably, it is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.
- the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% or less, preferably 10% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. % Or less, preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
- the content of a compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings is 80% relative to the total mass of the composition. % Or more, more preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 95% or more, and the composition is composed only of a compound in which all of the ring structures in the molecule are all 6-membered rings. Most preferably.
- the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as the total mass of the composition is preferably 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably not contained.
- the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule, in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen may be reduced.
- the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 8% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. It is more preferably 5% or less, further preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
- substantially not contained in the present application means that it is not contained except for an unintentionally contained product.
- the alkenyl group when the compound contained in the composition of the first embodiment of the present invention has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 4 to 5, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are directly bonded. Preferably not.
- the liquid crystal layer and / or liquid crystal composition according to the present invention may contain a polymerizable monomer and / or a cured product of the polymerizable monomer (that is, a polymer derived from the polymerizable monomer). Preferably exhibits liquid crystallinity. That is, the liquid crystal layer according to the present invention is preferably a polymerized polymerizable monomer contained in the liquid crystal composition.
- the specific content of the polymerizable monomer in the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, and further preferably 1% or less. Is particularly preferable, and 0.5% or less is most preferable.
- the lower limit of the content of the polymerizable monomer in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 1000 ppm, more preferably 3000 ppm, and more preferably 5000 ppm.
- the alignment regulation amount is improved by curing the polymerizable monomer. Moreover, since the polymer derived from the polymerizable monomer traps an ionic component in the liquid crystal composition, there is an effect that the voltage holding ratio does not decrease.
- the polymerizable monomer according to the present invention includes the general formula (P-1) and the general formula (P-2):
- R p11 , R p12 , R p21 and R p22 are each independently represented by the following formulas ( RI ) to (R-IX): ):
- R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, —O— or a methylene group, T is a single bond or —COO—, and p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents 1 or 2, A p11 , A p12 and A p22 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine- 2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6
- a p21 and A p23 each independently represent a divalent to tetravalent aromatic group or a divalent to tetravalent alicyclic group
- Sp p11 , Sp p12 , Sp p21 and Sp p22 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O—.
- (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7 and the oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring) is preferable.
- a p11 , A p12 , and A p22 each independently represent 1,4-phenylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene- More preferably, it represents a 2,7-diyl group or a naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, which is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogen having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- An alkyl group an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl ester group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, fluorine, and a cyano group.
- m p11 and m p12 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2. Further, m p11 + m p12 is more preferably 2 to 5, and m p11 + m p12 is further preferably 2 to 4.
- the divalent to tetravalent aromatic group is a divalent to tetravalent organic group including an aromatic ring, and all of the 2 to 4 bonding sites are derived from the aromatic ring.
- a phenyl skeleton, a tetrahydronaphthalene skeleton, a phenanthrene skeleton, an anthracene skeleton, a naphthalene skeleton, and the like can be given.
- the divalent to tetravalent alicyclic group is a divalent to tetravalent organic group including an alicyclic structure, and all of the 2 to 4 bonding sites are from the ring.
- a cyclohexylene skeleton, a cyclohexenylene skeleton, and the like can be given.
- the divalent aromatic group includes 1,4-phenylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl.
- the divalent to tetravalent aromatic group is any of the following formulas (bi) to (b-ix), and the aromatic group is unsubstituted or substituted with carbon.
- the specific content of the polymerizable monomer represented by the general formula (P-1) or (P-2) in the entire liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, It is more preferably 2% or less, particularly preferably 1% or less, and most preferably 0.8% or less.
- the lower limit of the content of the polymerizable monomer in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 1000 ppm, more preferably 3000 ppm, and even more preferably 5000 ppm.
- L p11 or L p12 is —COO—, —OCO—, —COOC 2 H 4 —, —OCOC Selected from the group consisting of 2 H 4 —, —C 2 H 4 OCO—, —C 2 H 4 COO—, —CH ⁇ CHCOO—, —CH ⁇ CHOCO—, —COOCH ⁇ CH— and —OCOCH ⁇ CH—.
- a polymerizable monomer representing one of them is preferred.
- the polymerizable monomer having such a structure has the same linearity as that of the liquid crystal molecules and has a certain degree of freedom, and therefore has excellent compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
- Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pa-1) to (Pa-33).
- m p11 + m p12 2; A p11 and A p12 are 1,4-phenylene groups; and L p11 and L p12 are single bonds Is preferred.
- a polymerizable monomer having such a structure has a biphenyl structure, and a polymerizable compound containing these skeletons is optimal in alignment regulation after polymerization for a PSA type liquid crystal display element, and a good alignment state can be obtained. , Display unevenness is suppressed or does not occur at all.
- Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pb-1) to (Pb-34).
- the polymerizable monomer having such a structure is considered to have a large photosensitive effect on the entire composition.
- Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pc-1) to (Pc-52).
- mp22 represents an integer of 1 to 3
- at least one of L p21 and L p22 is a single bond
- a p21 and A p23 are each independently an unsubstituted or carbon
- An alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group each independently represents —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO; -Or -OCO-, and one or two or more non-adjacent hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom), a fluorine atom, It is preferable to represent the following formulas (bi) to (b-ix) substituted with a cyano group or a nitro group.
- Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-2) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pd-1) to (Pd-57).
- the liquid crystal layer and / or liquid crystal composition in the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer in the liquid crystal layer and / or liquid crystal composition, and the polymerizable monomer is polymerized. Thereby, the alignment control force of the liquid crystal molecules of the photo-alignment film is improved.
- FIG. 6A is a plan view of an IPS mode liquid crystal display element, in which the pixel electrode and the common electrode are formed in a comb shape, and they are separated from each other by a certain distance so as to be loosely fitted to each other on the same substrate. Is formed.
- FIG. 7 are enlarged views of the region of VII in the broken line portion.
- 7B and 7C and FIG. 8 are plan views in which the pixel electrode is on the upper side and the common electrode is on the lower side for the sake of convenience, the present invention is not limited to this.
- FIG. 7B shows that the liquid crystal composition of the present invention containing the liquid crystal compound 1a and the polymerizable monomer 1b is in a specific direction (along the alignment direction of the photo-alignment film) on the photo-alignment film. The arrangement is shown.
- FIG. 7B shows that the liquid crystal composition of the present invention containing the liquid crystal compound 1a and the polymerizable monomer 1b is in a specific direction (along the alignment direction of the photo-alignment film) on the photo-alignment film. The arrangement is shown.
- FIG. 1B shows that the liquid crystal composition of the present invention containing the liquid crystal compound 1a and the polymerizable monomer 1b is in a specific direction (along the alignment direction of the photo
- FIG. 7C shows a state in which the liquid crystal compound 1a and the polymerizable monomer 1b are arranged in a specific direction (along the alignment direction of the photo-alignment film) on the photo-alignment film (that is, (B) In a state where a polymerizable monomer is polymerized. Due to the presence of the polymerized polymer 1c, an alignment regulating force in a specific direction is generated for the liquid crystal molecules. That is, when the polymerizable monomer is polymerized in the (B) state (no voltage applied), the polymerizable monomers are connected in a state of being oriented in the specific orientation direction ((C) state).
- FIG. 8 schematically shows the state of alignment of liquid crystal molecules when the voltage is turned on or off with respect to the state of FIG. 7C.
- the liquid crystal molecules 1a are aligned along the direction of the electric field, and when the voltage is turned off, the liquid crystal molecules 1a have a polymer 1c in which polymerizable monomers are connected to each other in the liquid crystal layer, so that the initial alignment direction is maintained. It becomes easy to return to a specific orientation direction.
- the liquid crystal display element when the liquid crystal composition includes a polymerizable monomer and a liquid crystal compound and is provided with a liquid crystal layer obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable monomer, the polymerizable monomer can be used even when the voltage ON-OFF state is repeated.
- the interaction between the polymer 1c and the liquid crystal molecules 1b linked to each other is considered to improve the alignment regulating force on the liquid crystal molecules, which has been a problem in the past, and which decreases with time.
- a liquid crystal molecule can maintain the specific alignment direction given to the photo-alignment film, it is considered that the substantial alignment regulating force is improved.
- alignment regulating force with respect to the alignment direction in each alignment divided region can be improved.
- the polymerization proceeds even in the absence of a polymerization initiator, but may contain a polymerization initiator in order to accelerate the polymerization.
- the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides, and the like.
- the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention can further contain a compound represented by the general formula (Q) as an antioxidant.
- RQ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, and the alkyl group (including the alkyl group in the alkoxy group) is linear or branched It may be a chain.
- the RQ represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkoxy group, and one or more of the alkyl groups (including the alkyl group in the alkoxy group).
- the CH 2 group is —O—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO—, —C ⁇ C—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.
- R Q in the general formula (Q) is a number of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups, one CH 2 group has been replaced -OCO- or -COO- in
- the alkyl group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, a branched alkoxy group and a branched alkyl group in which one CH 2 group is substituted with —OCO— or —COO—.
- a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms a linear alkyl group in which one CH 2 group is substituted by —OCO— or —COO—, a branched alkyl group, a branched alkoxy group, and one CH 2 group More preferred is at least one selected from the group consisting of a branched alkyl group substituted with —OCO— or —COO—.
- MQ represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group or a single bond, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.
- the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formulas (Qa) to (Qd):
- the compound represented by the general formula (Qa) and / or (Qc) is more preferable.
- R Q1 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group
- R Q2 is a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- a chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group is preferable
- R Q3 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched chain alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group or a branched chain alkoxy group, and L Q is 1 carbon atom.
- a linear alkylene group or a branched alkylene group of 8 to 8 is preferred.
- the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (Qa-1) and / or (Qc-1).
- the compound represented by the general formula (Q) preferably contains one or two compounds, more preferably contains one to five compounds, and the content is It is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, preferably 0.001 to 0.1% by mass, and 0.001 to 0.05% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention. It is preferable that
- the photo-alignment layer according to the present invention is provided on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and is preferably provided on both sides of the first substrate and the second substrate.
- the alignment layer according to the present invention is preferably a photo-alignment film containing a photoresponsive polymer whose chemical structure changes in response to light.
- the high-contrast advantage of the photo-alignment film is exhibited by using a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable monomer.
- the orientation regulating force can be improved.
- photo-alignment films for example, photoisomerization by light irradiation of an azo group (for example, azobenzene compound), a Schiff base, and a compound having an unsaturated bond site such as a carbon-carbon double bond.
- an azo group for example, azobenzene compound
- a Schiff base for example, a compound having an unsaturated bond site
- Those utilizing photodimerization such as cinnamic acid derivatives, those utilizing photo-cleavage (photolysis) of ⁇ bond of coumarin, chalcone, or the polymer itself (for example, photodegradable polyimide) It is done.
- the photoresponsive polymer is at least one selected from the group consisting of a photoresponsive decomposition polymer, a photoresponsive dimerization polymer, and a photoresponsive isomerization polymer.
- the photoresponsive decomposition polymer is particularly preferable.
- photoresponsive decomposable polymer those utilizing photocleavage (photolysis) of ⁇ bond of the polymer itself are preferable. More specifically, in any case, those having polysiloxane, polyimide, and polyamic acid derivative structures as the main chain are preferred, and polyimide and polyamic acid derivative structures are more preferred.
- the polyamic acid derivative is preferably an alkyl ester having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl ammonium salt having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
- the photoresponsive decomposition type polymer according to the present invention contains at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and polyimide obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. Is preferred.
- Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used as a raw material for polyimide and polyamic acid derivatives include the following.
- Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, —NR 2 , —SR, —OH.
- T represents a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —CO—, —SO—).
- formula (TCA-1), formula (TCA-2), formula (TCA-3), formula (TCA-4), formula (TCA-5), formula (TCA-8) and Formula (TCA-10) is preferred, and formula (TCA-1) and formula (TCA-8) are particularly preferred.
- diamine compound used as a raw material for polyimide and polyamic acid derivatives include the following.
- the formula (DA-1), the formula (DA-25), the formula (DA-31), the formula (DA-32), and the formula (DA-49) are preferable, and the formula (DA-1) Formula (DA-25) and Formula (DA-49) are particularly preferable.
- At least one of a tetracarboxylic acid anhydride or a diamine compound includes the following formula (TCA-38) and formula (DA-50): It preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of formula (DA-56).
- the diamine compounds may be represented by the following formulas (DA-50) to (DA-56):
- the photo-alignment film according to the present invention when a type utilizing photodimerization is adopted, at least one of hydrogen atoms in the diamine compound represented by the formulas (DA-1) to (DA-49) is used. It preferably has the following formula (V), and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of formula (DA-50) to formula (DA-53).
- broken lines represent bonds to the atoms to which the hydrogen atoms of (DA-1) to (DA-49) were bonded, and G 1 , G 2 , G 3 , G 4 , and G 5 are independent of each other.
- a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO— , —NR—, —NRCO—, —CONR—, —NRCOO—, —OCONR—, —NRCONR—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CC—, —OCOO——, where R is a hydrogen atom.
- n 5 , n 6 , n 7 , n 8 each represents 0 or 1
- E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 , E 5 are each independently trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-1 , 4-dioxane-2,5-diyl, 1,4-naphthylene, 2,6-naphthylene, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, 2,5-thiophenylene group, 2 , 5-furanylene group or 1,4-phenylene group, which are unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted by fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group or methoxy group
- Z is A hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (one —CH 2 — group or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups are —O
- diamine compound examples include, for example, the following formulas (DA-57) to (DA-60).
- tetracarboxylic acid anhydride is represented by the formula (TCA-1), formula (TCA-2), formula (TCA- 3), formula (TCA-4), formula (TCA-5), formula (TCA-33) (in the formula (TCA-33), T is particularly preferably —CO—) and TCA-34 (formula ( In TCA-34), T is preferably —CO—, and is more preferably formula (TCA-1), formula (TCA-2), formula (TCA-3), formula (TCA-4) and formula (TCA- 5) is particularly preferred.
- the diamine compound is represented by the formula (DA-1), the formula (DA-25), the formula (DA-49) from the viewpoint that a good liquid crystal orientation can be expressed. Is particularly preferred.
- tetracarboxylic anhydrides and diamine compounds listed above can be used singly or in combination of two or more depending on the required properties.
- the mixing ratio of the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the above-mentioned diamine compound is as follows.
- the proportion of the anhydride acid anhydride group is preferably 0.2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.
- the polyamic acid synthesis reaction by the condensation of the tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and the diamine compound is performed in an organic solvent.
- the reaction temperature is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
- the reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 12 hours.
- organic solvent examples include alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, aprotic polar solvents, phenols and derivatives thereof, halogenated hydrocarbon solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, and the like.
- the alcohol for example, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and the like are preferable.
- ketone examples include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone.
- ester examples include ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, diethyl oxalate, and diethyl malonate.
- ether examples include diethyl ether, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate.
- aprotic polar solvent examples include, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, tetramethylurea and hexamethylphosphoryl Amides and the like are preferred.
- phenol and derivatives thereof for example, m-cresol, xylenol, halogenated phenol and the like are preferable.
- halogenated hydrocarbon solvent examples include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, and the like.
- hydrocarbon solvent examples include hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene, xylene, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, and diisopentyl ether.
- the total amount of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine compound with respect to the organic solvent is preferably 0.1 to 50% by weight based on the total amount of the reaction solution.
- reaction solution containing a polyamic acid is obtained.
- the obtained reaction solution may be used for the preparation of the alignment film as it is, or may be used for the preparation of the alignment film after isolating the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution. May be used for the preparation of the alignment film.
- the reaction solution may be subjected to a dehydration ring closure reaction as it is, and the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution is isolated and then subjected to dehydration ring closure. It may be subjected to a reaction, or may be subjected to a dehydration ring closure reaction after purifying the isolated polyamic acid. Isolation and purification of the polyamic acid can be performed according to known methods.
- a method of imidizing the polyamic acid obtained by the above reaction to obtain a polyimide it can be obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyamic acid to imidize. Specifically, it is carried out by a method of heating a polyamic acid or a method of dissolving a polyamic acid in an organic solvent, adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydrating ring-closing catalyst to the solution, and heating as necessary.
- Examples of the organic solvent used in the dehydration ring closure reaction include the organic solvents exemplified as those used for the synthesis of polyamic acid, and are omitted here.
- the polyimide as the alignment film according to the present invention may be a completely imidized product obtained by dehydrating and cyclizing all of the amic acid structure of the precursor polyamic acid, and only a part of the amic acid structure may be dehydrated. It may be a partially imidized product that is ring-closed and has an amic acid structure and an imide ring structure.
- the imidation ratio of the polyimide according to the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40 to 99%, and still more preferably 45 to 98%.
- the said imidation rate represents the ratio which the number of the imide ring structure accounts with respect to the sum total of the number of the amic acid structures of polyimide, and the number of imide ring structures in percentage.
- a part of the imide ring may be an isoimide ring.
- the method for measuring the imidization ratio of polyimide is determined by determining a proton derived from a structure that does not change before and after imidation as a reference proton, and the peak integrated value of this proton is around 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. It is calculated using the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid that appears.
- the temperature when polyamic acid is thermally imidized in a solution is preferably 100 ° C. to 400 ° C., more preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C.
- a method is preferably performed while removing water generated by the imidization reaction from the system.
- a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride are added to the polyamic acid solution obtained above, preferably ⁇ 20 to 250 ° C., more preferably 0 to It is obtained by stirring at 180 ° C.
- the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group
- the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times of the amic acid group, preferably Is 3 to 30 mole times.
- Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, collidine, lutidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine.
- Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like.
- the imidation rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
- the reaction solution when recovering the produced polyamic acid or polyimide from the reaction solution of polyamic acid or polyimide, the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent and precipitated.
- the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and water.
- the polymer precipitated in a poor solvent and collected by filtration can be dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
- the solution preferably has a solution viscosity of 10 to 800 mPa ⁇ s, and preferably has a solution viscosity of 15 to 500 mPa ⁇ s. More preferably.
- the solution viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) of these polymers is 10% by weight of a polymer solution prepared using a good solvent for the polymer (eg, ⁇ -butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc.). Is a value measured at 25 ° C. using an E-type viscometer.
- Sp is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) u — (wherein u represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO— , —OCO—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, and —C ⁇ C—.
- At least one of the non-adjacent CH 2 groups independently represents —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, — Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —NR—, —NR—CO—, —CO—NR—, —NR—CO—O—, —O—CO—NR—, — NR—CO—NR—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R represents hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
- a 1 and A 2 are each independently (A) trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group (in this group, one methylene group or two or more methylene groups not adjacent to each other are replaced by —O—, —NH— or —S—) May be) (B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one or more of —CH ⁇ present in this group may be replaced by —N ⁇ ), and (c) a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group 2,5-thiophenylene group, 2,5-furylene group, 1,4-bicyclo (2.2.2) octylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, deca Represents a group selected from the group consisting of a hydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group and a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, the group (a), group (b
- R a is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a halogen atom.
- any hydrogen atom in each structure may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a phenyl group, a methoxy group,
- the broken line represents a bond to Sp
- R 1 is a tetravalent ring structure
- R 2 is a trivalent organic group
- R 3 is a hydrogen atom
- a hydroxyl group Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
- y and w represent the molar fraction of the copolymer, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 1 and 0 ⁇ w ⁇ 1, n represents 4 to 100,000, and the monomer units of M b and M d are each independently One type or two or more types of different units may be used. ) It is preferable that it is a photoresponsive dimerization type
- a photoresponsive dimerization polymer in which Z 2 is a single bond is preferable.
- M 1 and M 2 are each independently of each other acrylate, methacrylate, 2-chloroacrylate, 2-phenyl acrylate, acrylamide, methacryl which may be N-substituted with a lower alkyl group.
- M 3 is acrylate, methacrylate, 2-chloroacrylate, 2-phenylacrylate, acrylamide, methacrylamide, 2-chloroacrylamide, 2-phenylacrylamide, vinyl ether, vinyl ester, acrylic which may be N-substituted with lower alkyl.
- C- n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are mole fractions of comonomer where 0 ⁇ n 1 ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n 2 ⁇ 1 and 0 ⁇ n 3 ⁇ 0.5) It is preferable that it is a photoresponsive dimerization type
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably produced, for example, by the following steps (1) to (3).
- the photo-alignment film precursor solution according to the present invention it is preferable to form a coating film on the substrate by applying the photo-alignment film precursor solution according to the present invention on the substrate and then heating the coated surface ( Step (1)). More specifically, for example, the photo-alignment film precursor of the present invention is formed on the conductive film forming surface of the substrate provided with the transparent conductive film patterned in a comb-teeth shape and on one surface of the counter substrate provided with no conductive film. Each of the body solutions is applied, and each coated surface is heated to form a coating film.
- the photo-alignment film precursor solution according to the present invention is preferably a solution containing the above-described photo-responsive decomposition type polymer.
- the photoresponsive decomposition type polymer includes at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and polyimide obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound, and the organic solvent. It is preferable to contain.
- the photo-alignment film precursor solution of the present invention is preferably applied by an offset printing method, a spin coating method, a roll coater method, or an inkjet printing method.
- the substrate for example, a glass such as float glass or soda glass; a transparent substrate made of a plastic such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethersulfone, polycarbonate, or poly (alicyclic olefin) can be used.
- a NESA film made of tin oxide (SnO 2 ), an ITO film made of indium oxide-tin oxide (In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 ), or the like is used. Also good.
- a method of forming a pattern by photo-etching after forming a transparent conductive film without a pattern, or a mask having a desired pattern when forming a transparent conductive film is used. It can be employed in methods.
- the substrate surface is a known method such as a functional silane compound or a functional titanium compound. The surface treatment may be performed in advance.
- pre-baking may be performed as necessary.
- the pre-baking temperature is preferably 30 to 200 ° C.
- the prebake time is preferably 0.25 to 10 minutes.
- the firing temperature at this time is preferably 80 to 300 ° C.
- the firing time is preferably 5 to 200 minutes.
- the film thickness thus formed is preferably 0.001 to 1 ⁇ m.
- the film contained in the photo-alignment film precursor solution of the present invention is a polyamic acid or an imidized polymer having an imide ring structure and an amic acid structure
- the film is further heated after the coating is formed. It is good also as a more imidized coating film by making a dehydration ring-closing reaction proceed.
- step (2) it is preferable to irradiate a coating film containing polyamic acid or polyimide formed on the substrate (step (2)). Moreover, you may perform the said process (2) after the below-mentioned process (3).
- the light applied to the coating film ultraviolet rays or visible rays containing light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm can be used, and ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable.
- a light source for the irradiation light a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a deuterium lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, or the like can be used.
- the ultraviolet rays in the preferable wavelength region can be obtained by means of using a light source in combination with, for example, a filter or a diffraction grating.
- the amount of light irradiation is preferably 1,000 J / m 2 or more and 100,000 J / m 2 or less.
- a pair of substrates on which a photo-alignment film or a coating film is formed face each other with a gap (cell gap) therebetween, and the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is placed in the gap. It is preferable to fill (step (3)).
- the method may further include a step (4) of polymerizing the polymerizable monomer by a predetermined method without applying a voltage after filling the liquid crystal composition.
- a method for filling the liquid crystal composition (1) vacuum injection method (for a pair of substrates on which a photo-alignment film or a coating film is formed, a gap is formed so that the alignment directions of the two substrates are orthogonal to each other. (Cell gap) are placed facing each other, the periphery of the two substrates are bonded together using a sealant, liquid crystal is injected and filled into the cell gap defined by the substrate surface and the sealant, and the injection hole is sealed. And a method of forming a liquid crystal cell by stopping) or (2) ODF method.
- the method of introducing the liquid crystal composition by the vacuum injection method although no drop mark is generated, there is a problem in manufacturing time, cost, etc. as the substrate size increases. However, in this invention, it can be used conveniently by the display element manufactured using the ODF method from the combination of a photo-alignment film and a liquid-crystal composition.
- an electrode layer 3 such as a TFT (a surface covered with a photo-alignment film) is formed on the surface of the same substrate (for example, the first substrate in FIGS. 3 and 5). Therefore, there are many irregularities on the surface, and it is easy to promote the generation of dripping marks, but this problem is thought to be mitigated by the combination of the photo-alignment film and the liquid crystal composition. It is done.
- the liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable monomer according to the present invention is provided with liquid crystal alignment ability by polymerization of the polymerizable monomer contained therein by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and light utilizing the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition.
- the liquid crystal display element is preferably used for controlling the amount of transmitted light.
- a liquid crystal display element it is useful for VA-IPS-LCD, FFS-LCD, AM-LCD (active matrix liquid crystal display element) and IPS-LCD (in-plane switching liquid crystal display element), but particularly useful for AM-LCD. Yes, it can be used for a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display element.
- the two substrates of the liquid crystal cell used in the liquid crystal display element can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic, and one of them can be an opaque material such as silicon.
- a transparent substrate having a transparent electrode layer can be obtained, for example, by sputtering indium tin oxide (ITO) on a transparent substrate such as a glass plate.
- the color filter can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method.
- a method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example.
- a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured.
- a pixel electrode provided with an active element such as a TFT or a thin film diode may be provided on the substrate.
- the substrate is opposed so that the transparent electrode layer is on the inside.
- the thickness of the light control layer (liquid crystal layer) to be obtained is 1 to 100 ⁇ m. More preferably, the thickness is 1.5 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the polarizing plate it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness G so that the contrast is maximized.
- the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good.
- a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
- the spacer include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like.
- a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
- a normal vacuum injection method or an ODF method can be used as a method of sandwiching the liquid crystal composition (containing a polymerizable monomer as necessary) between the two substrates.
- a vacuum injection method there is a problem that an injection mark remains instead of a drop mark.
- it can use more suitably for the display element manufactured using ODF method.
- a sealant such as epoxy photothermal curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed.
- a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of the liquid crystal composition in the air.
- the liquid crystal composition of the present invention can be preferably used because the liquid crystal composition can be stably dropped in the ODF process.
- an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable in order to obtain good alignment performance of the liquid crystal. Therefore, active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams are irradiated singly or in combination or sequentially.
- the method of polymerizing by is preferred.
- ultraviolet rays When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used.
- the polymerization is performed in a state where the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side must be given appropriate transparency to the active energy rays. I must.
- the orientation state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field, or temperature, and further irradiation with active energy rays is performed. Then, it is possible to use a means for polymerization.
- a means for polymerization In particular, when ultraviolet exposure is performed, it is preferable that the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition is exposed to ultraviolet light without applying a voltage.
- the pretilt angle angle formed between the major axis of the liquid crystal molecules and the substrate surface
- the temperature during irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is maintained. Polymerization is preferably performed at a temperature close to room temperature, that is, typically at a temperature of 15 to 35 ° C.
- a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used.
- a wavelength of the ultraviolet-rays to irradiate it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not the absorption wavelength range of a liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed.
- Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ⁇ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ⁇ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable.
- the amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 .
- the time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiating ultraviolet rays, but when using a metal halide lamp, high pressure mercury lamp or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, it is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds, and fluorescence. In the case of using a lamp, 60 seconds to 18000 seconds are preferable, and 600 seconds to 10800 seconds are preferable.
- the first substrate or the second substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is substantially transparent, and glass, ceramics, plastics, or the like can be used.
- Plastic substrates include cellulose derivatives such as cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, polycycloolefin derivatives, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polypropylene, polyethylene, etc.
- Inorganic-organic composite materials such as glass fiber-acrylic resin can be used.
- the function of the barrier film is to reduce the moisture permeability of the plastic substrate and to improve the reliability of the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element.
- the barrier film is not particularly limited as long as it has high transparency and low water vapor permeability. Generally, vapor deposition, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition method (CVD method) using an inorganic material such as silicon oxide is used. ) Is used.
- the same material or different materials may be used as the first substrate or the second substrate, and there is no particular limitation.
- Use of a glass substrate is preferable because a liquid crystal display element having excellent heat resistance and dimensional stability can be manufactured.
- a plastic substrate is preferable because it is suitable for a manufacturing method using a roll-to-roll method and is suitable for weight reduction or flexibility. For the purpose of imparting flatness and heat resistance, good results can be obtained by combining a plastic substrate and a glass substrate.
- the measured characteristics are as follows.
- Tni Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C) ⁇ n: Refractive index anisotropy at 295K (also known as birefringence) ⁇ : Dielectric anisotropy at 295K ⁇ : Viscosity at 295K (mPa ⁇ s) ⁇ 1: rotational viscosity at 295 K (mPa ⁇ s) VHR: Voltage holding ratio (%) at 313K under conditions of frequency 60Hz and applied voltage 5V Burn-in: The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display element is based on the following four-step evaluation of the afterimage level of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1440 hours and then the entire screen is displayed uniformly. went.
- the process suitability is that the liquid crystal is dropped 40 pL at a time by using a constant volume metering pump 100000 times in the ODF process, and the following “0 to 200 times, 201 to 400 times, 401 to 600 times, ..., 99801 to 100,000 times ”, the change in the amount of liquid crystal dropped 200 times was evaluated in the following four stages.
- Liquid crystal compositions 1 to 16 Liquid crystal compositions having the following compositions were prepared, and their physical properties were measured. The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
- the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 1, the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 2, the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 6, and the polymerizable property Monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 13 was prepared.
- a polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 9, a polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 12, and a polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition 16 were prepared by adding 0.3% of each of the polymerizable monomers represented by formula (1) and uniformly dissolving them. .
- the physical properties of the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal compositions 9, 12, and 16 were almost the same as those of the respective nematic liquid crystal compositions shown in Preparation Examples 9, 12, and 16.
- an FFS mode / IPS mode liquid crystal display element having a cell thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m, which is commonly used for TV was prepared. It produced by the method like this.
- Photo-alignment film 1 After dissolving 1.0 mol% of p-phenylenediamine in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 mol% of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added thereto and reacted at 20 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain standard polystyrene. A polyamic acid varnish having a converted weight average molecular weight of about 100,000 and a weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (Mv / Mn) of about 1.6 was obtained.
- the first thin film laminate and the second thin film laminate It was printed on and heated at 210 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a photolytic insulating film (polyimide film).
- the photodecomposition type polyimide film was subjected to an alignment treatment for irradiating light (ultraviolet rays) from a polarized UV lamp having a bright line in a wavelength range of 240 nm to 400 nm, for example.
- This alignment treatment is performed, for example, by irradiating ultraviolet light from a high-pressure mercury lamp with linear irradiation with a polarization ratio of about 20: 1 using a pile polarizer laminated with a quartz substrate and with an irradiation energy of about 4 J / cm 2. It was.
- Photo-alignment film 2 Synthesis of polyamic acid A
- 4′-diaminodiphenyl ether 1.0 mol%, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 mol% of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added thereto and reacted at 20 ° C. for 12 hours.
- the polyamic acid A solution and the polyamic acid B solution are mixed so that the mass ratio of the solid content is 1: 1, and further diluted with a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1. As a result, a polyamic acid solution was obtained.
- Photo-alignment film 3 (Preparation of solution for photo-alignment film) 32.40 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to 3.24 g of 1,4-phenylenediamine, and dissolved by stirring while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 7.81 g of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added, and 78.03 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added, and the mixture was allowed to react by stirring at 30 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. It was.
- Orientation treatment A 256 nm ultraviolet ray is extracted from the high-pressure mercury lamp using a bandpass filter, and is converted into linearly polarized light having an extinction ratio of about 100: 1 using a wire grid polarizer, and 1.0 J / cm 2 is applied to the photodecomposable resin film. Photo-alignment treatment was performed by irradiation with irradiation energy. Thereafter, in order to remove the impurities generated by decomposition, after baking at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, the polyimide film was washed with pure water and dried to obtain a glass substrate on which a photolytic alignment film was formed.
- Photo-alignment film 4" Synthesis of polymer (PA-1)
- PA-1-1-1 monomer synthesized via an intermediate of compounds 1 to 6
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
- the obtained polymer (PA-1) had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 383,000 and a molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of 2.75.
- the molecular weight of the polymer was adjusted by adjusting the heating and reflux time in the nitrogen atmosphere and measuring the weight average molecular weight (Mw).
- Mw and Mn were measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the following measurement conditions.
- Tosoh GPC equipment HLC-8220GPC is used as the measuring device, TSKgel ⁇ ⁇ GMHXL ⁇ 2, TSKgel G2000XL ⁇ 1 and TSKgel G1000XL ⁇ 1 in series for the analytical column, and differential refractive index for the detector.
- polystyrene standard sample STANDARDARSM-105 molecular weight range 1,300 to 3,800,000 manufactured by Showa Denko was used.
- the obtained polymer was dissolved in THF so as to have a concentration of 1 ⁇ g / mL, and the mobile phase was measured with THF, the liquid feed rate was 1 mL / min, the column temperature was 40 ° C., and the sample injection amount was 300 ⁇ L.
- the glass transition temperature was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
- DSC differential scanning calorimeter
- a DSC apparatus DSC6220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. was used as a measuring apparatus.
- a polymer sample of about 4 mg was sealed in an aluminum pan and heated from ⁇ 20 ° C. to 180 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min, a baseline shift accompanying a glass transition was observed.
- the transition start point was read from the intersection of the tangent lines, and used as the glass transition temperature (Tg).
- composition for photo-alignment film (1) 2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (a) were dissolved in 98 parts of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) (solution A).
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- ⁇ Rubbing type alignment film> (Rubbing type alignment film) (Formation of rubbing type polyimide liquid crystal alignment film) (Preparation of alignment film solution) 59.72 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to 5.98 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenylamine, and dissolved by stirring while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 6.54 g of pyromellitic dianhydride was added, and 65.30 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was further added, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at 30 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Further, 71.06 g of a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1 was added at room temperature, and the mixture was diluted and stirred to obtain a polyamic acid solution.
- a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1
- An alignment treatment was performed by rotating a roller wrapped with a buff cloth in a direction opposite to the substrate transport direction and rubbing the surface of the alignment film formed on the substrate in one direction.
- the number of rotations of the roller was 600 rpm
- the conveyance speed of the substrate was 5 mm / second
- the indentation depth of the buff cloth with respect to the substrate surface was 0.3 mm.
- the polyimide film was washed with pure water and dried in order to remove the alignment film debris scraped by rubbing and the fiber pieces of the buff cloth.
- the alignment film As a photo-alignment film, it is possible to provide an FFS liquid crystal display element having excellent transmittance characteristics and capable of reducing a decrease in alignment with liquid crystal molecules due to rubbing unevenness. Since the liquid crystal alignment was evaluated by various photo-alignment films, the evaluation method will be described below.
- a thin film transistor and a transparent electrode layer are formed on the first substrate, and an alignment film is formed thereon.
- a rubbing method which is a contact method
- random scratches are formed on the alignment film surface by rubbing.
- deeper scratches due to the steps due to the thin film transistor and the transparent electrode layer pattern and the diameter (tens of ⁇ m) of the fiber of the buffing cloth of the rubbing roller Easy to be formed along the step. Since the liquid crystal molecules cannot be aligned in a certain direction when the electric field is turned off at the portion where the scratch is formed, light leakage occurs in the liquid crystal panel during black display. As a result, it becomes difficult to obtain a contrast of a certain value or more.
- a one-pixel size is 0.23 mm in a calculation example in a 40-inch panel.
- a resolution mode called 8K which will be put to practical use later, in a calculation example in a 40-inch panel, the size of one pixel becomes as fine as 0.11 mm. That is, since the size of one pixel approaches the diameter of the buff cloth fiber of the rubbing roller, when the electric field is turned off in units of pixels or in units of intermittent pixel rows due to scratches formed when the alignment treatment is performed by the rubbing method. There are places where the liquid crystal molecules cannot be aligned in a certain direction, which may cause a significant decrease in contrast and a large number of display defects due to a large amount of light leakage during black display.
- An alignment film solution was formed on the comb-shaped transparent electrode formed on the first substrate by a spin coating method to form an alignment film having a dry thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m.
- An alignment film was similarly formed on the second substrate.
- a liquid crystal cell was produced using the glass substrate provided with the liquid crystal alignment film. More specifically, the first substrate and the second substrate on which the alignment films are respectively formed, the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and the direction in which the linearly polarized light is irradiated or rubbed is the antiparallel direction (180 °).
- the peripheral part was pasted with a sealing agent in a state where a constant gap (4 ⁇ m) was maintained between the two substrates.
- the liquid crystal composition Preparation Examples 1 to 12
- the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal compositions 1, 2, 6, 9 and 12 in the above table are placed in the cell gap defined by the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film and the sealant.
- Each liquid crystal cell was produced by filling at a temperature just above the clearing point by a dropping method and then cooling to room temperature.
- the frequency was 1 kHz. While applying a 1.8 V rectangular wave, the liquid crystal cell was irradiated with ultraviolet rays by a high pressure mercury lamp (FL15UV34A (NP805) manufactured by Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp.) through a filter that cuts ultraviolet rays of 320 nm or less.
- the cell surface was adjusted to have an irradiation intensity of 10 mW / cm 2 and irradiated for 700 seconds to obtain a horizontal alignment liquid crystal display element in which the polymerizable monomer in the polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal composition was polymerized.
- Tables 3 to 8 below show examples of combinations of the alignment films used in the produced liquid crystal cells (liquid crystal display elements) and the liquid crystal compositions or polymerizable monomer-containing liquid crystal compositions used (Examples 1 to 24 and Comparative Examples). 1-2), the static contrast (CRS) evaluation results of the prepared liquid crystal cell, and the results of VHR measurement are shown in Tables 3 to 8 below.
- Polarizer-analyzer of optical measuring device (RETS-100, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) equipped with white light source, spectroscope, polarizer (incident side polarizing plate), analyzer (exit side polarizing plate), detector
- the optical film to be measured was placed.
- the rotation angle between the polarizer and the analyzer is 0 degree (the polarization direction of the polarizer and the analyzer is the parallel position [parallel Nicol]
- the transmitted light is transmitted by the detector while rotating the optical film.
- the amount of transmitted light (on-time light amount) at the rotational position of the optical film (the polarization direction of the polarizer and the molecular long axis direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal are parallel) where the detected light amount becomes the largest is Yon. It was. In addition, with the position of the polarizer and the optical film fixed, the rotation angle of the analyzer with respect to the polarizer is 90 degrees (the polarization direction of the polarizer and the analyzer is the orthogonal position [cross Nicol]). The amount of light (light amount when off) was set to Yoff. Contrast CRS was calculated
- the FFSI / IPS mode display elements (Examples 1 to 24) manufactured by forming the photo-alignment film are the FFS mode display elements (Comparative Examples 1 and 2) manufactured by forming the rubbing alignment film. ),
- the contrast was excellent. More specifically, when Examples 1 to 24 are compared with Comparative Examples 1 and 2, it is confirmed that the contrast ratio and VHR are improved when the photo-alignment film is used.
- VHR is unlikely to decrease, so it is considered that the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer traps ions in the liquid crystal composition.
- the rubbing alignment film it is considered that there are more ionic components, impurities, and the like derived from the rubbing process than in the photo-alignment film.
- liquid crystal display elements of Examples 1 to 24 were subjected to the following alignment regulating force (anchoring) measurement.
- the azimuth anchoring energy at the interface between the liquid crystal alignment film surface and the liquid crystal layer is expressed by the following method called the torque balance method (Proc. The method reported on pages 251 to 252).
- the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 1 to 24 had an alignment regulating force necessary for aligning the liquid crystal compounds.
- the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 17 to 24 were As a result of polymerization of the polymerizable monomer, it was confirmed that the alignment regulating power of the photo-alignment film with respect to the liquid crystal compound was very good. It was confirmed that the horizontal alignment liquid crystal display device has excellent optical characteristics and high-speed response.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
Abstract
Description
前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に充填された液晶組成物を含有する液晶層と、
前記第一の基板上に、共通電極、マトリクス状に配置される複数個のゲートバスライン及びデータバスライン、前記ゲートバスラインとデータバスラインとの交差部に設けられる薄膜トランジスタならびに前記薄膜トランジスタにより駆動され前記共通電極との間で基板に対して略平行な電界を形成する画素電極を画素毎に有する電極層と、
前記液晶層と前記第一の基板および前記液晶層と前記第二の基板との間に、少なくとも一方の基板に形成された光配向層と、を有し、
前記液晶組成物が、正の誘電率異方性を有し、ネマチック相-等方性液体の転移温度が60℃以上であり、一般式(i) The first of the present invention, the first substrate and the second substrate disposed opposite to each other,
A liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition filled between the first substrate and the second substrate;
Driven by the common electrode, a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix, a thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and the thin film transistor on the first substrate. An electrode layer having a pixel electrode for each pixel that forms an electric field substantially parallel to the substrate with the common electrode;
A photo-alignment layer formed on at least one substrate between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and the second substrate;
The liquid crystal composition has a positive dielectric anisotropy, a nematic phase-isotropic liquid transition temperature of 60 ° C. or higher, and represented by the general formula (i):
Ai1は
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
ni1は、1、2、3又は4を表し、ni1が2、3または4であってAi1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、ni1が2、3又は4であってZi1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の化合物、及び、下記の一般式(J) (In the general formula (i), R i1 and R i2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. The methylene group in the group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group may be substituted with an oxygen atom unless the oxygen atom is continuously bonded, and may be substituted with a carbonyl group unless the carbonyl group is bonded continuously. ,
A i1 is (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- .)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
n i1 represents 1, 2, 3 or 4, and when n i1 is 2, 3 or 4, and there are a plurality of A i1 , they may be the same or different, and n i1 is When it is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z i1 are present, they may be the same or different. ) And at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (J):
nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)で表される化合物の中から1種または2種以上含有することを特徴とする水平配向型の液晶表示素子である。 (Wherein R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O-.)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present. If they are the same or different,
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. It is a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element characterized by containing one or more of the compounds represented by formula (1).
本発明に係る液晶層は、液晶組成物を含む層であり、液晶組成物から構成されていることが好ましい。当該液晶組成物は、水平配向方式、例えばFFSモードおよび/またはIPSモードの液晶表示素子に適用されることが好ましい。本発明に係る液晶組成物には重合性モノマーを添加してもよい。そのため、本発明に係る液晶層は、液晶組成物中に含まれる重合性モノマーがポリマー化した状態であることが好ましい。後述するが、これにより配向規制力を高めることができる。 (Liquid crystal layer)
The liquid crystal layer according to the present invention is a layer containing a liquid crystal composition, and is preferably composed of a liquid crystal composition. The liquid crystal composition is preferably applied to a liquid crystal display element of a horizontal alignment method, for example, an FFS mode and / or an IPS mode. A polymerizable monomer may be added to the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention. Therefore, the liquid crystal layer according to the present invention is preferably in a state in which the polymerizable monomer contained in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized. As will be described later, this can increase the alignment regulating force.
Ri11及びRi12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i11 and R i12 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in the general formula (i).)
R i11 and R i12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
一般式(i-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(i-1-1.1)から式(i-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(i-1-1.2)又は式(i-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(i-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 ( Wherein R i12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (i-1).)
The compound represented by the general formula (i-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (i-1-1.1) to the formula (i-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (i-1-1.2) or formula (i-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (i-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(i-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、42%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%である。 ( Wherein R i12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (i-1).)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
Ri13及びRi14は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i13 and R i14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R i13 and R i14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
さらに、一般式(i-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(i-1-3.1)から式(i-1-3.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(i-1-3.1)、式(i-1-3.3)又は式(i-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(i-1-3.1)で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(i-1-3.3)、式(i-1-3.4)、式(i-1-3.11)及び式(i-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(i-1-3.3)、式(i-1-3.4)、式(i-1-3.11)及び式(i-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために20%以上にすることは好ましくない。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
Further, the compound represented by the general formula (i-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (i-1-3.1) to the formula (i-1-3.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formula (i-1-3.1), formula (i-1-3.3) or formula (i-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (i-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (i-1-3.3), the equation (i-1-3.4), the equation (i-1-3.11), and the equation (i- It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (i-1-3.3), formula (i-1-3.4), formula (i-1-3.11) and formula (i-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
Ri15及びRi16は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i15 and R i16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R i15 and R i16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
Ri21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、Ri22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i21 and R i22 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
R i21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R i22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
Ri31及びRi32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i31 and R i32 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in the general formula (i).)
R i31 and R i32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Ri41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、Ri42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。)
一般式(i-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 (In the formula, R i41 and R i42 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
R i41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R i42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable. )
The compound represented by the general formula (i-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required performance such as low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and refractive index anisotropy. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
Ri51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、Ri52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i51 and R i52 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i)).
R i51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R i52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
一般式(i-5)で表される化合物は、式(i-5.1)又は式(i-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(i-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (i-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% The compound represented by the general formula (i-5) is represented by the formula (i-5.1) or the formula (i-5.2). The compound represented by formula (i-5.1) is particularly desirable.
Ri61及びRi62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、Xi61及びXi62のうち一方がフッ素原子他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。 ( Wherein , R i61 and R i62 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i), and X i61 and X i62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom). )
R i61 and R i62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X i61 and X i62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
式中、Ri71及びRi72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、Ai71及びAi72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、Ai71及びAi72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、Qi71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、Xi71及びXi72は水素原子が好ましい。 (In the formula, R i71 and R i72 each independently represent the same meaning as R i1 and R i2 in formula (i), and A i71 and A i72 each independently represent A i2 and in formula (i)). A 1 represents the same meaning as A i3 , but the hydrogen atoms on A i71 and A i72 may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom, Z i71 represents the same meaning as Z i2 in formula (i), X i71 and X i72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
In the formula, R i71 and R i72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A i71 and A i72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A i71 and A i72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and Q i71 is a single group. A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X i71 and X i72 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての一般式(i-8)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、7%であり、9%であり、10%であり、12%であり、15%であり、17%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein R i81 and R i82 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (i-8) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% 7%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 15%, and 17%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
液晶組成物の耐光性、耐熱性または焼き付きといった信頼性の向上の観点から一般式(i-9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 (In the above general formula (i-9), R L72 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. One group selected from the group consisting of groups.)
From the viewpoint of improving the light resistance, heat resistance or image sticking of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to include a compound represented by the general formula (i-9).
nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
一般式(J)中、RJ1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 (Wherein R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O-.)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present. If they are the same or different,
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
In general formula (J), R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
PMは、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
CM1及びCM2はそれぞれ独立して、
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(e) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(d)、基(e)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
KM1及びKM2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
PMが2、3又は4であってKM1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、PMが2、3又は4であってCM2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
XM1及びXM3はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
XM2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。ただし、一般式(i)で表される化合物を除く。)である。 (In the general formula (M), R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents an oxy group, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group or alkenyloxy group And one or more non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — are each independently replaced by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. May have been
PM represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
C M1 and C M2 are each independently
(D) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (e) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═).
Represents a group selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned groups (d) and (e) each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
K M1 and K M2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When PM is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of K M1 , they may be the same or different, and when PM is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of C M2 They may be the same or different,
X M1 and X M3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom,
X M2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. However, the compound represented by general formula (i) is excluded. ).
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R M11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M11 to X M15 each independently represents hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%であり、22%であり、25%であり、30%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 (Wherein R M21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M21 and X M22 each independently represent hydrogen represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M21 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (M-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 5%, 8% 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 30%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
組み合わせることのできる化合物に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などを考慮して1種から2種類以上組み合わせることが好ましい。 (Wherein R M31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M31 to X M36 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M31 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
There are no particular limitations on the compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to combine one or more compounds in consideration of solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, and the like.
組み合わせることのできる化合物に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などを考慮して1種、2種又は3種類以上組み合わせることが好ましい。 (Wherein R M41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M41 to X M48 are each independently fluorine. Represents an atom or a hydrogen atom, and Y M41 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3. )
There are no particular restrictions on the compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to combine one, two, or three or more in consideration of solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, and the like. .
組み合わせることのできる化合物の種類に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などを考慮して、実施形態ごとに適宜組み合わせて使用する。例えば、本発明の一つの実施形態では1種類、別の実施形態では2種類、さらに別の実施形態では3種類、またさらに別の実施形態では4種類、またさらに別の実施形態では5種類、またさらに別の実施形態では6種類以上組み合わせる。 (Wherein R M51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M51 and X M52 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y M51 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in the kind of compound which can be combined, Considering solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, etc., it uses combining suitably for every embodiment. For example, one embodiment of the present invention has one type, another embodiment has two types, yet another embodiment has three types, yet another embodiment has four types, and yet another embodiment has five types, In still another embodiment, six or more types are combined.
組み合わせることのできる化合物の種類に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などを考慮して実施形態ごとに適宜組み合わせる。 (Wherein R M61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X M61 to X M64 are each independently fluorine. Represents an atom or a hydrogen atom, and Y M61 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or OCF 3 )
Although there is no restriction | limiting in the kind of compound which can be combined, It combines suitably for every embodiment in consideration of solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy, etc.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~2種類含有することが好ましく、1種~3種類含有することがより好ましく、1種~4種類含有することが更に好ましい。 (Wherein, X M71 to X M76 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, and R M71 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 represents an alkoxy group, and Y M71 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3. )
There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but one to two of these compounds are preferably contained, more preferably one to three, and more preferably one to four. More preferably.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-8)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 However, the hydrogen atom on the 1,4-phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. )
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-8) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
上記部分構造を有する化合物として、一般式(M-10)~(M-18)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 (The black spot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure to which the partial structure is bonded.)
The compound having the partial structure is preferably a compound represented by general formulas (M-10) to (M-18).
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein , X M101 and X M102 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M101 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M101 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M101 and W M102 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein , X M111 to X M114 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M111 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M111 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein , X M121 and X M122 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M121 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M121 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M121 and W M122 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein , X M131 to X M134 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M131 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M131 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M131 and W M132 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (M-13) used in the composition of the present invention is specifically represented by the formula (M-13.1) to the formula (M-13.28). It is preferable that the compound is a compound, and among them, from the formulas (M-13.1) to (M-13.4), (M-13.11) to (M-13.14), (M-13.25) to ( It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-13.28).
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein X M141 to X M144 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M141 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M141 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M141 and W M142 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (M-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein X M151 and X M152 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M151 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M151 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M151 and W M152 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (M-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein X M161 to X M164 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M161 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M161 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 (Wherein, X M171 ~ X M174 are each independently a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M171 fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or -OCF 3, R M171 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and W M171 and W M172 each independently represent —CH 2 — or —O—.
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (M-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(M-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、4%であり、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、5%である。 ( Wherein X M181 to X M186 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom, Y M181 represents a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or —OCF 3 , R M181 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, Represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
The lower limit of the preferred content of the compound represented by formula (M-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 4%, 5% Yes, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% 8% and 5%.
nK1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
AK1及びAK2はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)及び基(b)上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
ZK1及びZK2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
nK1が2、3又は4であってAK2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nK1が2、3又は4であってZK1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
XK1及びXK3はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
XK2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
一般式(K)中、RK1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 (Wherein R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, — Optionally substituted by C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n K1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A K1 and A K2 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═).
A hydrogen atom on the group (a) and the group (b) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z K1 and Z K2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A K2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n K1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z K1 is present If they are the same or different,
X K1 and X K3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom,
X K2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
In general formula (K), R K1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms. (Propenyl group) is particularly preferred.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R K11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K11 to X K14 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K11 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R K21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K21 to X K24 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K21 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3.)
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R K31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K31 to X K36 are each independently hydrogen. Represents an atom or a fluorine atom, and Y K31 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3. )
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R K41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K41 to X K46 are each independently hydrogen. An atom or a fluorine atom, Y K41 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3 , and Z K41 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 (Wherein R K51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K51 to X K56 are each independently hydrogen. An atom or a fluorine atom, Y K51 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3 , and Z K51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, or —CF 2 O—.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、屈折率異方性などの所望の性能に応じて組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類以上である。 ( Wherein R K61 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and X K61 to X K68 are each independently hydrogen. represents an atom or a fluorine atom, Y K61 represents a fluorine atom or OCF 3, Z K61 is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or an -CF 2 O-).
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the kind of compound which can be combined, It uses combining according to desired performances, such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, refractive index anisotropy. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type as one embodiment of the present invention, two types, and three or more types.
Ap11、Ap12、およびAp22はそれぞれ独立して、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基または1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基を表すが、無置換であるかまたはハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、Rp11、炭素素原子数1~12のアルキル基(前記アルキル基中の1個または非隣接の2個以上の-CH2-はそれぞれ独立して、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-または-OCO-によって置換されていても良く、基中の1個または非隣接の2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、フッ素原子で置換されていても良い)を表し、
Ap21およびAp23はそれぞれ独立して、2価~4価の芳香族基または2価~4価の脂環式基を表し、
Lp11、Lp12、Lp21およびLp22はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-CO-、-C2H4-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC2H4-、-OCOC2H4-、-C2H4OCO-、-C2H4COO-、-CH=CH-、-CF2-、-CF2O-、-(CH2)z-C(=O)-O-、-(CH2)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH2)z-、-O-(CH2)z-O-、-OCF2-、-CH=CHCOO-、-CH=CHOCO-、-COOCH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-またはC≡C-を表し、前記式中のzは、1~4の整数を表し、
mp11、mp12およびmp22はそれぞれ独立して、0から3の整数を表し、かつmp11+mp12が2以上の整数を表し、
mp21およびmp23はそれぞれ独立して、1から4の整数を表し、かつmp21+mp23≧3を表し、
mp11が2以上の場合、複数存在するAp11およびLp11は、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、mp12が2以上の場合、複数存在するAp12およびLp12は、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
mp22が2以上の場合、複数存在するAp22およびLp21は、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
mp21が2以上の場合、複数存在するRp21およびSpp21は、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、mp23が2以上の場合、複数存在するRp22およびSpp22は、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される1種または2種以上であることが好ましい。 In the formulas (RI) to (R-IX), R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, —O— or a methylene group, T is a single bond or —COO—, and p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents 1 or 2,
A p11 , A p12 and A p22 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine- 2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indan-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl Or a 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, which is unsubstituted or is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, R p11 , an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (the alkyl group) One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — therein may be each independently substituted by —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. In the group Pieces or two or more hydrogen atoms of the non-adjacent each independently represents a fluorine may be substituted with atoms),
A p21 and A p23 each independently represent a divalent to tetravalent aromatic group or a divalent to tetravalent alicyclic group,
L p11 , L p12 , L p21 and L p22 are each independently a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, -COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2
m p11 , m p12 and m p22 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and m p11 + m p12 represents an integer of 2 or more,
m p21 and m p23 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 4, and m p21 + m p23 ≧ 3;
When m p11 is 2 or more, a plurality of A p11 and L p11 may be the same or different, and when m p12 is 2 or more, a plurality of A p12 and L p12 are They may be the same or different,
when m p22 is 2 or more, a plurality of A p22 and L p21 may be the same or different from each other;
When m p21 is 2 or more, a plurality of R p21 and Sp p21 may be the same or different, and when m p23 is 2 or more, a plurality of R p22 and Sp p22 are They may be the same or different. It is preferable that it is 1 type, or 2 or more types selected from the group which consists of a compound represented by this.
また、上記一般式(P-1)または(P-2)で表される重合性モノマーの液晶組成物全体における具体的な含有量としては、5%以下が好ましく、3%以下がより好ましく、2%以下が更に好ましく、1%以下が特に好ましく、0.8%以下が最も好ましい。また、液晶組成物における当該重合性モノマーの含有量の下限値は1000ppmであることが好ましく、3000ppmであることが好ましく、5000ppmであることがより好ましい。 (In the formula, Sp p21 or Sp p22 binds with *, and L p21 or L p22 binds with **.)
Further, the specific content of the polymerizable monomer represented by the general formula (P-1) or (P-2) in the entire liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, It is more preferably 2% or less, particularly preferably 1% or less, and most preferably 0.8% or less. Further, the lower limit of the content of the polymerizable monomer in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 1000 ppm, more preferably 3000 ppm, and even more preferably 5000 ppm.
本発明に係る一般式(P-1)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P-c-1)~式(P-c-52)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (P-1), a polymerizable monomer in which m p11 + m p12 = 1 and A p11 or A p12 is a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group is preferable. The polymerizable monomer having such a structure is considered to have a large photosensitive effect on the entire composition.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pc-1) to (Pc-52).
本発明に係る一般式(P-2)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P-d-1)~式(P-d-57)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 (In the formula, Sp p21 or Sp p22 binds with *, and L p21 or L p22 binds with **.)
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-2) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pd-1) to (Pd-57).
本発明に係る光配向層は、第一の基板および第二の基板の少なくとも一方に設けられるものであり、好ましくは第一の基板および第二の基板の両側に設けられる。 (Orientation layer)
The photo-alignment layer according to the present invention is provided on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and is preferably provided on both sides of the first substrate and the second substrate.
以上のような化合物の中でも、式(TCA-1)、式(TCA-2)、式(TCA-3)、式(TCA-4)、式(TCA-5)、式(TCA-8)および式(TCA-10)が好ましく、式(TCA-1)、式(TCA-8)が特に好ましい。 (In the above formula, T represents a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —CO—, —SO—).
Among the compounds as described above, the formula (TCA-1), formula (TCA-2), formula (TCA-3), formula (TCA-4), formula (TCA-5), formula (TCA-8) and Formula (TCA-10) is preferred, and formula (TCA-1) and formula (TCA-8) are particularly preferred.
n5、n6、n7、n8は0または1を表し、E1、E2、E3、E4、E5はそれぞれ独立して、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-1,4-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、1,4-ナフチレン、2,6-ナフチレン、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、2,5-チオフェニレン基、2,5-フラニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、これらは無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良く、Zは水素原子、フッ素原子、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基(1つの-CH2-基又は2つ以上の非隣接の-CH2-基は-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NR-、-NRCO-、-CONR-、-NRCOO-、-OCONR-、-NRCONR-、-CH=CH-、-CC-または-OCOO-で置換されていても良い。Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、水酸基またはカルボキシル基を表す)で置換されているものを使用することが好ましい。 (In the formula, broken lines represent bonds to the atoms to which the hydrogen atoms of (DA-1) to (DA-49) were bonded, and G 1 , G 2 , G 3 , G 4 , and G 5 are independent of each other. A single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms (one —CH 2 — group or two or more non-adjacent —
n 5 , n 6 , n 7 , n 8 each represents 0 or 1, and E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 , E 5 are each independently trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-1 , 4-dioxane-2,5-diyl, 1,4-naphthylene, 2,6-naphthylene, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, 2,5-thiophenylene group, 2 , 5-furanylene group or 1,4-phenylene group, which are unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted by fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group or methoxy group, Z is A hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (one —CH 2 — group or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups are —O—, —CO—, —COO—, — OCO-, -NR-, -NRCO-, -CO R—, —NRCOO—, —OCONR—, —NRCONR—, —CH═CH—, —CC— or —OCOO— may be substituted, and R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. ), Which represents a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group) is preferably used.
A1、A2はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個のメチレン基又は隣接していない2個以上のメチレン基は-O-、-NH-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい)、及び
(c) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、2,5-チオフェニレン基、2,5-フラニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ(2.2.2)オクチレン基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基及び1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)又は基(c)はそれぞれ無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良く、
Z1、Z2およびZ3は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-(CH2)u-(式中、uは1~20を表す。)、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、―COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2CF2-又は-C≡C-を表すが、これらの置換基において非隣接のCH2基の一つ以上は独立して、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-Si(CH3)2-O-Si(CH3)2―、-NR-、-NR-CO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-O-、-O-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-NR-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-又は-O-CO-O-(式中、Rは独立して水素又は炭素原子数1から5のアルキル基を表す。)で置換することができ、
Xは、-O-、単結合、-NR-またはフェニレン基であり、
Rbは、重合性基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基または炭素原子数1~12個のフッ化アルキル基であり、
mは、0、1、または2であり、
Mb及びMdはそれぞれ独立して同一であっても異なっていても良く、以下の一般式(U-1)~(U-13)のいずれか1種のモノマー単位を表し、 (In the general formula (1), Sp is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) u — (wherein u represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO— , —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, and —C≡C—. In these substituents, at least one of the non-adjacent CH 2 groups independently represents —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, — Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —NR—, —NR—CO—, —CO—NR—, —NR—CO—O—, —O—CO—NR—, — NR—CO—NR—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R represents hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). )
A 1 and A 2 are each independently
(A) trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group (in this group, one methylene group or two or more methylene groups not adjacent to each other are replaced by —O—, —NH— or —S—) May be)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one or more of —CH═ present in this group may be replaced by —N═), and (c) a 1,4-
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently a single bond, — (CH 2 ) u — (wherein u represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, or —C≡C—, but these substitutions One or more of the non-adjacent CH 2 groups in the group are independently —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —NR—, —NR—CO—, —CO—NR—, —NR—CO—O—, —O—CO—NR—, —NR—CO—NR—, —CH═CH— , —C≡C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R independently represents hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms),
X is —O—, a single bond, —NR— or a phenylene group,
R b is a polymerizable group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms,
m is 0, 1, or 2;
M b and M d may be the same or different from each other and each represents a monomer unit of the following general formulas (U-1) to (U-13);
上記一般式(U-11)~(U-13)中、破線はSpへの結合を表し、R1は4価の環構造、R2は3価の有機基、R3は水素原子、水酸基、炭素原子数1~15個のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~15個のアルコキシ基を表す。)
y及びwは、コポリマーのモル分率を表し、0<y≦1かつ、0≦w<1であり、nは4~100,000を表し、Mb及びMdのモノマー単位は各々独立して1種類でも2種類以上の異なる単位からなっていても良い。)
で表される光応答性二量化型高分子、その加水分解物または加水分解物の縮合物であることが好ましい。 (In the above general formulas (U-1) to (U-10), the broken line represents a bond to Sp, and R a is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a halogen atom. Any hydrogen atom in each structure may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a phenyl group, a methoxy group,
In the above general formulas (U-11) to (U-13), the broken line represents a bond to Sp, R 1 is a tetravalent ring structure, R 2 is a trivalent organic group, R 3 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. )
y and w represent the molar fraction of the copolymer, 0 <y ≦ 1 and 0 ≦ w <1, n represents 4 to 100,000, and the monomer units of M b and M d are each independently One type or two or more types of different units may be used. )
It is preferable that it is a photoresponsive dimerization type | mold polymer | macromolecule represented by these, its hydrolyzate, or the condensate of a hydrolyzate.
M3は、アクリレート、メタクリレート、2-クロロアクリレート、2-フェニルアクリレート、低級アルキルでN-置換されていてもよいアクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、2-クロロアクリルアミド、2-フェニルアクリルアミド、ビニルエーテル、ビニルエステル、アクリル酸またはメタクリル酸の直鎖状-もしくは分岐状アルキルエステル、アクリル酸もしくはメタクリル酸のアリルエステル、アルキルビニルエーテルもしくは-エステル、フェノキシニアルキルアクリレートもしくはフェノキシアルキルメタクリレートもしくはヒドロキシアルキルアクリレートもしくはヒドロキシアルキルメタクリレート、フェニルアルキルアクリレートもしくはフェニルアルキルメタクリレート、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、スチレン、4-メチルスチレンおよびシロキサン類からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位であり、
A1、B1、C1、A2、B2およびC2はそれぞれ互いに独立して、
(a) トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個のメチレン基又は隣接していない2個以上のメチレン基は-O-、-NH-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい)、及び
(c) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、2,5-チオフェニレン基、2,5-フラニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ(2.2.2)オクチレン基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基及び1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)又は基(c)はそれぞれ無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良く、
S1およびS2はそれぞれ互いに独立して、フッ素原子、塩素原子もしくはシアノ基で1以上置換された直鎖状もしくは分岐状アルキレン基(-(CH2)r-)または-(CH2)r-L-(CH2)s-(式中、Lは、単結合または-O-、-COO-、-OOC-、-NR1-、-NR1-CO-、-CO-NR1-、-NR1-COO-、-OCO-NR1-、-NR1-CO-NR1-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-を意味し、その際にR1は水素原子または低級アルキル基を意味し、rおよびsは、r+s≦24という条件のもとで1~20の整数であり、)であり、
D1、D2はそれぞれ互いに独立して、-O-、-NR2-、または下記の式(d)~(f):
(d) トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個のメチレン基又は隣接していない2個以上のメチレン基は-O-、-NH-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい)、
(e) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい)、及び
(f) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、2,5-チオフェニレン基、2,5-フラニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ(2.2.2)オクチレン基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基及び1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基
からなる群より選ばれる基を含み、上記の基(d)、基(e)又は基(f)はそれぞれ無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い、を意味し、その際にR2は水素原子または低級アルキル基であり、
X1、X2、Y1およびY2はそれぞれ互いに独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、場合によってはフッ素原子で置換されそしてCH2基または複数の非隣接CH2基が場合によっては-O-、-COO-、-OOC-および/または-CH=CH-で交換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基を意味し、
Z1a、Z1b、Z2aおよびZ2bはそれぞれ互いに独立して、単結合、-(CH2)t-、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-O-OC-、-NR4-、-CO-NR4-、-NR4-CO-、-(CH2)u-O-、-O-(CH2)u-、-(CH2)u-NR4-または-NR4-(CH2)u-であり、その際にR4は水素原子または低級アルキル基を意味し;tは1~4の整数を意味し;uは1~3の整数であり、
p1、p2、q1およびq2はそれぞれ互いに独立して、0または1であり、
R1aおよびR2aはそれぞれ互いに独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、または炭素原子数1~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキル-COO-、アルキル-CO-NR3またはアルキル-OCO基を意味し、その際にR3は水素原子または低級アルキル基を意味し、前記アルキル基または前記アルコキシ基の1以上の水素原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基またはニトロ基で置換されてもよく、前記アルキル基または前記アルコキシ基のCH2基または複数の非隣接CH2基が-O-、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-に置換されてもよく、
n1、n2およびn3は0<n1≦1、0≦n2<1および0≦n3≦0.5のコモノマーのモル分率である)
で表される光応答性二量化型高分子であることが好ましい。 (In the above general formula (2), M 1 and M 2 are each independently of each other acrylate, methacrylate, 2-chloroacrylate, 2-phenyl acrylate, acrylamide, methacryl which may be N-substituted with a lower alkyl group. At least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of amide, 2-chloroacrylamide, 2-phenylacrylamide, vinyl ether, vinyl ester, styrene derivative and siloxanes;
M 3 is acrylate, methacrylate, 2-chloroacrylate, 2-phenylacrylate, acrylamide, methacrylamide, 2-chloroacrylamide, 2-phenylacrylamide, vinyl ether, vinyl ester, acrylic which may be N-substituted with lower alkyl. Linear or branched alkyl ester of acid or methacrylic acid, allyl ester of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, alkyl vinyl ether or ester, phenoxynialkyl acrylate or phenoxyalkyl methacrylate or hydroxyalkyl acrylate or hydroxyalkyl methacrylate, phenylalkyl acrylate Or phenylalkyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, At least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of tylene, 4-methylstyrene and siloxanes,
A 1 , B 1 , C 1 , A 2 , B 2 and C 2 are each independently of each other,
(A) trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group (in this group, one methylene group or two or more methylene groups not adjacent to each other are replaced by —O—, —NH— or —S—) May be)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one or more of —CH═ present in this group may be replaced by —N═), and (c) a 1,4-
S 1 and S 2 are each independently a linear or branched alkylene group (— (CH 2 ) r —) or — (CH 2 ) r substituted with one or more fluorine atom, chlorine atom or cyano group —L— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein L is a single bond or —O—, —COO—, —OOC—, —NR 1 —, —NR 1 —CO—, —CO—NR 1 —, —NR 1 —COO—, —OCO—NR 1 —, —NR 1 —CO—NR 1 —, —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or lower alkyl And r and s are integers from 1 to 20 under the condition r + s ≦ 24, and
D 1 and D 2 each independently represent —O—, —NR 2 —, or the following formulas (d) to (f):
(D) trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group (in this group, one methylene group or two or more methylene groups not adjacent to each other are replaced with —O—, —NH— or —S—) May be)
(E) a 1,4-phenylene group (one or more of —CH═ present in this group may be replaced by —N═), and (f) a 1,4-
X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently of one another substituted with a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, or optionally a fluorine atom, and a CH 2 group or a plurality of non-adjacent CH 2 groups Means an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be optionally replaced by —O—, —COO—, —OOC— and / or —CH═CH—,
Z 1a , Z 1b , Z 2a and Z 2b are each independently a single bond, — (CH 2 ) t—, —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—OC—, — NR 4 —, —CO—NR 4 —, —NR 4 —CO—, — (CH 2 ) u —O—, —O— (CH 2 ) u —, — (CH 2 ) u —NR 4 — or — NR 4 — (CH 2 ) u —, wherein R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group; t represents an integer of 1 to 4; u represents an integer of 1 to 3;
p 1 , p 2 , q 1 and q 2 are each independently 0 or 1,
R 1a and R 2a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an alkyl- COO—, alkyl-CO—NR 3 or alkyl-OCO group, wherein R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group or the alkoxy group are fluorine May be substituted with an atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group or a nitro group, and the CH 2 group or a plurality of non-adjacent CH 2 groups of the alkyl group or the alkoxy group may be —O—, —CH═CH— or —C≡. May be substituted with C-
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are mole fractions of comonomer where 0 <n 1 ≦ 1, 0 ≦ n 2 <1 and 0 ≦ n 3 ≦ 0.5)
It is preferable that it is a photoresponsive dimerization type | mold polymer represented by these.
Δn :295Kにおける屈折率異方性(別名:複屈折)
Δε :295Kおける誘電率異方性
η :295Kにおける粘度(mPa・s)
γ1 :295Kにおける回転粘性(mPa・s)
VHR:周波数60Hz,印加電圧5Vの条件下で313Kにおける電圧保持率(%)
焼き付き:
液晶表示素子の焼き付き評価は、表示エリア内に所定の固定パターンを1440時間表示させた後に、全画面均一な表示を行ったときの固定パターンの残像のレベルを目視にて以下の4段階評価で行った。 Tni: Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C)
Δn: Refractive index anisotropy at 295K (also known as birefringence)
Δε: Dielectric anisotropy at 295K η: Viscosity at 295K (mPa · s)
γ1: rotational viscosity at 295 K (mPa · s)
VHR: Voltage holding ratio (%) at 313K under conditions of frequency 60Hz and applied voltage 5V
Burn-in:
The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display element is based on the following four-step evaluation of the afterimage level of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1440 hours and then the entire screen is displayed uniformly. went.
○残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
△残像有り許容できないレベル
×残像有りかなり劣悪
揮発性/製造装置汚染性 :
液晶材料の揮発性評価は、真空攪拌脱泡ミキサーの運転状態をストロボスコープで照らしながら観察し、液晶材料の発泡を目視により観察することによって行った。具体的には、容量2.0Lの真空攪拌脱泡ミキサーの専用容器に液晶組成物を0.8kg入れ、4kPaの脱気下、公転速度15S-1、自転速度7.5S-1で真空攪拌脱泡ミキサーを運転し、発泡が始まるまでの時間によって、以下の4段階評価で行った。 ◎ No afterimages ○ Although there are only afterimages, acceptable level △ Without afterimages, unacceptable level × Without afterimages, quite poor Volatile / contamination of manufacturing equipment:
Evaluation of the volatility of the liquid crystal material was performed by observing the operating state of the vacuum stirring and defoaming mixer with a stroboscope and visually observing foaming of the liquid crystal material. Specifically, put 0.8kg of the liquid crystal composition in a dedicated container vacuum agitation defoaming mixer having a volume 2.0L, under degassing of 4 kPa, the revolution speed 15S -1, vacuum stirring at rotation speed 7.5S -1 The defoaming mixer was operated, and the following four-step evaluation was performed according to the time until foaming started.
プロセス適合性は、ODFプロセスにおいて、定積計量ポンプを用いて1回に40pLずつ液晶を滴下することを100000回行い、次の「0~200回、201~400回、401~600回、・・・・99801~100000回」の各200回ずつ滴下された液晶量の変化を以下の4段階で評価した。 Process suitability:
The process suitability is that the liquid crystal is dropped 40 pL at a time by using a constant volume metering pump 100000 times in the ODF process, and the following “0 to 200 times, 201 to 400 times, 401 to 600 times, ..., 99801 to 100,000 times ”, the change in the amount of liquid crystal dropped 200 times was evaluated in the following four stages.
○変化が僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
△変化が有り許容できないレベル(斑発生により歩留まりが悪化)
×変化が有りかなり劣悪(液晶漏れや真空気泡が発生)
低温での溶解性:
低温での溶解性評価は、液晶組成物を調製後、1mLのサンプル瓶に液晶組成物を0.5g秤量し、これに温度制御式試験槽の中で、次を1サイクル「-20℃(1時間保持)→昇温(0.2℃/毎分)→0℃(1時間保持)→昇温(0.2℃/毎分)→20℃(1時間保持)→降温(-0.2℃/毎分)→0℃(1時間保持)→降温(-0.2℃/毎分)→-20℃」として温度変化を与え続け、目視にて液晶組成物からの析出物の発生を観察し、以下の4段階評価を行った。 ◎ Extremely small change (Stable liquid crystal display device can be manufactured)
○ Allowable level with slight change △ Level with change and unacceptable level (Yield deteriorated due to spots)
× There is a change and it is quite inferior (liquid crystal leakage and vacuum bubbles are generated)
Solubility at low temperature:
In order to evaluate the solubility at a low temperature, after preparing the liquid crystal composition, 0.5 g of the liquid crystal composition was weighed in a 1 mL sample bottle, and the next was “−20 ° C. (−20 ° C.)” in a temperature-controlled test tank. 1 hour hold) → temperature rise (0.2 ° C./min)→0° C. (1 hour hold) → temperature rise (0.2 ° C./min)→20° C. (1 hour hold) → temperature drop (−0. 2 ° C / min) → 0 ° C (hold for 1 hour) → temperature drop (−0.2 ° C / min) → −20 ° C. The following four-level evaluation was performed.
(側鎖)
-F -F フッ素原子
F- -F フッ素原子
-n -CnH2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
n- CnH2n+1- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
-On -OCnH2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
nO- CnH2n+1O- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
-V -CH=CH2
V- CH2=CH-
-V1 -CH=CH-CH3
1V- CH3-CH=CH-
-2V -CH2-CH2-CH=CH3
V2- CH3=CH-CH2-CH2-
-2V1 -CH2-CH2-CH=CH-CH3
1V2- CH3-CH=CH-CH2-CH2
OCF3 -O-CF3
(連結基)
-CF2O-(または-CFFO-) -CF2-O-
-OCF2-(または-OCFF-) -O-CF2-
-1O- -CH2-O-
-O1- -O-CH2-
-COO- -COO-
(環構造)
(環構造) In the examples, the following abbreviations are used for the description of the compounds used in the liquid crystal composition.
(Side chain)
-F -F fluorine atom F- -F fluorine atom -n -C n H 2n + 1 linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms n- C n H 2n + 1 -linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms -On —OC n H 2n + 1 linear alkoxyl group having n carbon atoms nO—C n H 2n + 1 O— linear alkoxyl group having n carbon atoms —V 2 —CH═CH 2
V- CH 2 = CH-
-V1 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V- CH 3 —CH═CH—
-2V -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH 3
V2- CH 3 = CH-CH 2 -CH 2-
-2V1 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V2- CH 3 —CH═CH—CH 2 —CH 2
OCF3 -O-CF 3
(Linking group)
—CF 2 O— (or —CFFO—) —CF 2 —O—
-OCF2- (or -OCFF-) -O-CF 2-
-1O- -CH 2 -O-
-O1- -O-CH 2-
-COO- -COO-
(Ring structure)
(Ring structure)
次に示す組成を有する液晶組成物(調製例1~16)をそれぞれ調製し、その物性値を測定した。この結果を次の表1および表2に示す。 (Preparation Examples 1 to 16 (
Liquid crystal compositions (Preparation Examples 1 to 16) having the following compositions were prepared, and their physical properties were measured. The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.
「光配向膜1」
p-フェニレンジアミン1.0モル%を、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン中に溶解させた後、これにシクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物1モル%を加えて20℃で12時間反応させ、標準ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量が約100,000、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量(Mv/Mn)が約1.6のポリアミック酸ワニスを得た。次に、このポリアミック酸ワニスを6%濃度に希釈してγ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシランを固形分で0.3重量%添加した後、第1の薄膜積層体上および第2の薄膜積層体の上に印刷し、210℃で30分加熱して光分解型の絶縁膜(ポリイミド膜)を形成した。 <Photolytic photo-alignment film>
"Photo-
After dissolving 1.0 mol% of p-phenylenediamine in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 mol% of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added thereto and reacted at 20 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain standard polystyrene. A polyamic acid varnish having a converted weight average molecular weight of about 100,000 and a weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (Mv / Mn) of about 1.6 was obtained. Next, after diluting the polyamic acid varnish to a concentration of 6% and adding γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane in a solid content of 0.3% by weight, the first thin film laminate and the second thin film laminate It was printed on and heated at 210 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a photolytic insulating film (polyimide film).
(ポリアミック酸Aの合成)
4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル1.0モル%、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン中に溶解させた後、これにシクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物1モル%を加えて20℃で12時間反応させ、標準ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量が約50,000、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量(Mv/Mn)が約1.6のポリアミック酸A溶液を得た。
(ポリアミック酸Bの合成)
4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン1.0モル%、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン中に溶解させた後、これにシクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物1モル%を加えて20℃で6時間反応させ、標準ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量が約55,000、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量(Mv/Mn)が約1.9のポリアミック酸B溶液を得た。 "Photo-
(Synthesis of polyamic acid A)
4, 4′-diaminodiphenyl ether 1.0 mol%, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 mol% of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added thereto and reacted at 20 ° C. for 12 hours. A polyamic acid A solution having a weight average molecular weight of about 50,000 in terms of standard polystyrene and a weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (Mv / Mn) of about 1.6 was obtained.
(Synthesis of polyamic acid B)
4, 4′-diaminodiphenylamine 1.0 mol%, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1 mol% of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added thereto and reacted at 20 ° C. for 6 hours. A polyamic acid B solution having a standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of about 55,000 and a weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (Mv / Mn) of about 1.9 was obtained.
ポリアミック酸A溶液、ポリアミック酸B溶液を固形分質量比が1:1となるように混合し、更にN-メチル-2-ピロリドンと2-ブトキシエタノールの質量比が1:1の混合溶媒で希釈することによってポリアミック酸溶液を得た。 (Adjusting the mixture)
The polyamic acid A solution and the polyamic acid B solution are mixed so that the mass ratio of the solid content is 1: 1, and further diluted with a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1. As a result, a polyamic acid solution was obtained.
(光配向膜用溶液の調製)
1,4-フェニレンジアミン3.24gにN-メチル-2-ピロリドン 32.40g を加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物7.81gを添加し、さらにN-メチル-2-ピロリドン 78.03g を加え、窒素雰囲気下、30℃で18時間撹拌して反応させた。さらに常温で、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと2-ブトキシエタノールの質量比が1:1の混合溶媒62.68gを添加して希釈攪拌し、光配向膜用溶液を得た。 "Photo-
(Preparation of solution for photo-alignment film)
32.40 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to 3.24 g of 1,4-phenylenediamine, and dissolved by stirring while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 7.81 g of cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added, and 78.03 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added, and the mixture was allowed to react by stirring at 30 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. It was. Further, 62.68 g of a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1 was added at room temperature, and the mixture was diluted and stirred to obtain a solution for a photoalignment film.
(光分解型樹脂膜の形成)
第1基板に形成された櫛形透明電極の上に、前記光配向膜溶液をスピンコート法により形成し、乾燥厚さ0.1μmの樹脂膜を形成した。第2基板にも同様にして配向膜を形成した。樹脂膜を形成した基板を、230℃で30分加熱して反応させることにより、光分解型の樹脂膜(ポリイミド膜)を形成した。 (Formation of liquid crystal alignment film)
(Formation of photodegradable resin film)
On the comb-shaped transparent electrode formed on the first substrate, the photo-alignment film solution was formed by spin coating to form a resin film having a dry thickness of 0.1 μm. An alignment film was similarly formed on the second substrate. The substrate on which the resin film was formed was reacted at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a photolytic resin film (polyimide film).
高圧水銀ランプからバンドパスフィルターを用いて256nmの紫外線を取り出し、ワイヤーグリッド偏光子を用いて消光比約100:1の直線偏光とし、当該光分解型の樹脂膜に、1.0J/cm2の照射エネルギーで照射して光配向処理を行った。その後、分解生成した不純物を除去するため、230℃で30分焼成した後、ポリイミド膜を純水で洗浄して乾燥させることにより、光分解型の配向膜が形成されたガラス基板を得た。 (Orientation treatment)
A 256 nm ultraviolet ray is extracted from the high-pressure mercury lamp using a bandpass filter, and is converted into linearly polarized light having an extinction ratio of about 100: 1 using a wire grid polarizer, and 1.0 J / cm 2 is applied to the photodecomposable resin film. Photo-alignment treatment was performed by irradiation with irradiation energy. Thereafter, in order to remove the impurities generated by decomposition, after baking at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, the polyimide film was washed with pure water and dried to obtain a glass substrate on which a photolytic alignment film was formed.
「光配向膜4」
(合成例1)
(ポリマー(PA-1)の合成)
以下の反応経路において化合物1~6の中間体を経て合成したモノマー(I-1-1)10部をテトラヒドロフラン(THF)45部に溶解し、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.03部を加えた溶液を、窒素雰囲気下8時間加熱還流して反応させた。 <Photodimerization type photo-alignment film>
"Photo-
(Synthesis Example 1)
(Synthesis of polymer (PA-1))
In the following reaction route, 10 parts of monomer (I-1-1) synthesized via an intermediate of
Mw及びMnは以下測定条件のもと、GPC(ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー、Gel Permeation Chromatography)により測定した。 (Measurement of molecular weight)
Mw and Mn were measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the following measurement conditions.
ガラス転移温度は、示差走査熱量計(DSC)により測定した。測定装置は、セイコーインスツル社製のDSC装置DSC6220を用いた。ポリマー試料約4mgをアルミニウム製パンに封入し、-20℃から180℃まで、10℃/分の割合で昇温したとき、ガラス転移に伴うベースラインシフトが観測された。転移開始点を接線の交点から読み取り、ガラス転移温度(Tg)とした。 (Measurement of glass transition temperature)
The glass transition temperature was measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). As a measuring apparatus, a DSC apparatus DSC6220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. was used. When a polymer sample of about 4 mg was sealed in an aluminum pan and heated from −20 ° C. to 180 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min, a baseline shift accompanying a glass transition was observed. The transition start point was read from the intersection of the tangent lines, and used as the glass transition temperature (Tg).
(光二量化型樹脂膜の作製)
ポリマー(PA-1)5部と、N-メチルピロリドン47.5部と、2-ブトキシエタノール47.5部との混合物を室温で10分間攪拌して、均一に溶解させた。次に、該溶液を、スピンコーターを用いてガラス基板上に塗布し、100℃で3分間乾燥することで、上記ガラス基板上に膜を形成した。形成された膜を目視で観察したところ、平滑な膜が形成されていることが確認された。 (Formation of liquid crystal alignment film)
(Preparation of photo-dimerization type resin film)
A mixture of 5 parts of the polymer (PA-1), 47.5 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone, and 47.5 parts of 2-butoxyethanol was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes to be uniformly dissolved. Next, the solution was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater, and dried at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a film on the glass substrate. When the formed film was visually observed, it was confirmed that a smooth film was formed.
次に、超高圧水銀ランプ、波長カットフィルター、バンドパスフィルター及び偏光フィルターを備えた偏光照射装置を用いて、紫外光(波長313nm)の直線偏光(照度:10mW/cm2)を、形成された膜に対して、鉛直方向から10秒照射(照射光量100mJ/cm2)することにより、光配向膜を得た。焼成処理および洗浄処理は不要であった。樹脂膜の乾燥厚さは、0.1μmであった。 (Photo-alignment treatment)
Next, a film in which linearly polarized light (illuminance: 10 mW / cm 2) of ultraviolet light (wavelength: 313 nm) is formed using a polarized light irradiation device including an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a wavelength cut filter, a band pass filter, and a polarizing filter On the other hand, the photo-alignment film was obtained by performing irradiation for 10 seconds from the vertical direction (irradiation light quantity: 100 mJ / cm 2). A baking process and a washing process were unnecessary. The dry thickness of the resin film was 0.1 μm.
「光配向膜5」
(合成例1)二色性化合物(a)の合成
2,2’-ベンジジンジスルホン酸8.6g(25mmol)に2%塩酸230mlを加え、0~5℃に保ちながら亜硝酸ナトリウム3.5g(51mmol)の水溶液を少しずつ滴下し、2時間反応させてジアゾニウム塩を調製した。次にサリチル酸6.9g(50mmol)を300mlの5%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液に溶かし、これに前記ジアゾニウム塩混合物を徐々に滴下した。1時間反応後、20%食塩水を加えて沈殿物を得た。この沈殿物を、エタノールと水の混合溶媒で再結晶させて、4.8gの式(a)で表されるアゾ化合物を得た。 <Photoisomerization type photo-alignment film>
"Photo-
(Synthesis Example 1) Synthesis of Dichroic Compound (a) To 8.6 g (25 mmol) of 2,2′-benzidine disulfonic acid was added 230 ml of 2% hydrochloric acid, and while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., 3.5 g of sodium nitrite ( 51 mmol) was added dropwise little by little and reacted for 2 hours to prepare a diazonium salt. Next, 6.9 g (50 mmol) of salicylic acid was dissolved in 300 ml of 5% aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and the diazonium salt mixture was gradually added dropwise thereto. After reacting for 1 hour, 20% saline was added to obtain a precipitate. This precipitate was recrystallized with a mixed solvent of ethanol and water to obtain 4.8 g of an azo compound represented by the formula (a).
式(a)で示される化合物2部をN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)98部に溶解させた(溶液A)。メチル化メラミン スミマールM-100C(以下M-100C)(長春人造樹脂製。ヘキサメトキシメチル化メラミン単量体として、分子量=390。平均重合度は1.3~1.7である。)2部に2-ブトキシエタノール(BC)98部を加えて均一溶液とした(溶液B)。溶液A100部、溶液B23部及びBC77部を混合し、固形分比1.0%の溶液を調製した。得られた溶液を0.45μmのメンブランフィルターでろ過し、光配向膜用組成物(1)を得た。 (Preparation of composition for photo-alignment film (1) for example)
2 parts of the compound represented by the formula (a) were dissolved in 98 parts of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) (solution A). Methylated melamine Sumimar M-100C (hereinafter referred to as M-100C) (manufactured by Changchun Artificial Resin. Hexamethoxymethylated melamine monomer, molecular weight = 390, average polymerization degree is 1.3 to 1.7) 2 parts 98 parts of 2-butoxyethanol (BC) was added to obtain a homogeneous solution (Solution B). 100 parts of solution A, 23 parts of solution B and 77 parts of BC were mixed to prepare a solution having a solid content ratio of 1.0%. The obtained solution was filtered with a 0.45 μm membrane filter to obtain a composition (1) for a photo-alignment film.
(光異性化型樹脂膜の作製)
光配向膜用組成物(1)をスピンコーターでガラス基板上に塗布し、100℃で1分間乾燥した。 (Formation of liquid crystal alignment film)
(Preparation of photoisomerization type resin film)
The composition for photo-alignment film (1) was applied onto a glass substrate with a spin coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute.
得られた塗膜表面に、超高圧水銀ランプに波長カットフィルター、及び、偏光フィルターを介して、波長365nm付近の紫外光(照射強度:10mW/cm2)の直線偏光でかつ平行光を、ガラス基板に対して垂直方向から照射エネルギー100mJ/cm2で光照射を行い、光配向膜を得た。焼成処理および洗浄処理は不要であった。樹脂膜の乾燥厚さは、0.1μmであった。 (Photo-alignment treatment)
On the surface of the obtained coating film, ultraviolet light having a wavelength of around 365 nm (irradiation intensity: 10 mW / cm 2 ) and parallel light are converted into glass through an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a wavelength cut filter and a polarizing filter. Light irradiation was performed at an irradiation energy of 100 mJ / cm 2 from the direction perpendicular to the substrate to obtain a photoalignment film. A baking process and a washing process were unnecessary. The dry thickness of the resin film was 0.1 μm.
(ラビング型配向膜)
(ラビング型ポリイミド液晶配向膜の形成)
(配向膜溶液の調製)
4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン5.98gに N-メチル-2-ピロリドン 59.72gを加え、窒素を送りながら撹拌して溶解させた。このジアミン溶液を撹拌しながら、ピロメリット酸二無水物 6.54g添加し、さらに N-メチル-2-ピロリドン 65.30g を加え、窒素雰囲気下、30℃で18時間撹拌して反応させた。さらに常温で、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと2-ブトキシエタノールの質量比が1:1の混合溶媒71.06gを添加して希釈攪拌し、ポリアミック酸溶液を得た。 <Rubbing type alignment film>
(Rubbing type alignment film)
(Formation of rubbing type polyimide liquid crystal alignment film)
(Preparation of alignment film solution)
59.72 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to 5.98 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenylamine, and dissolved by stirring while feeding nitrogen. While stirring this diamine solution, 6.54 g of pyromellitic dianhydride was added, and 65.30 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was further added, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at 30 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Further, 71.06 g of a mixed solvent having a mass ratio of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-butoxyethanol of 1: 1 was added at room temperature, and the mixture was diluted and stirred to obtain a polyamic acid solution.
(樹脂膜の作製)
配向膜溶液をスピンコーターで第1の基板および第2の基板の上に塗布し、230℃で30分加熱して反応させポリイミドの絶縁膜を形成した。 (Formation of liquid crystal alignment film)
(Production of resin film)
The alignment film solution was applied onto the first substrate and the second substrate with a spin coater and reacted by heating at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a polyimide insulating film.
バフ布を巻いたローラーを基板搬送方向とは反対方向に回転させ、基板上に形成された配向膜表面を一方向に擦ることにより、配向処理を行った。ローラーの回転数は600rpm,基板の搬送速度は5mm/秒,バフ布の基板表面に対する押し込み深さは0.3mmであった。その後、ラビングで削れた配向膜の屑やバフ布の繊維片を除去するためポリイミド膜を純水で洗浄して乾燥させた。 (Orientation treatment)
An alignment treatment was performed by rotating a roller wrapped with a buff cloth in a direction opposite to the substrate transport direction and rubbing the surface of the alignment film formed on the substrate in one direction. The number of rotations of the roller was 600 rpm, the conveyance speed of the substrate was 5 mm / second, and the indentation depth of the buff cloth with respect to the substrate surface was 0.3 mm. Thereafter, the polyimide film was washed with pure water and dried in order to remove the alignment film debris scraped by rubbing and the fiber pieces of the buff cloth.
配向膜を光配向膜にすることにより、ラビングムラによる液晶分子に対する配向性の低下を軽減でき、かつ優れた透過率特性のFFS方式の液晶表示素子を提供することができる。各種の光配向膜による液晶配向性の評価を行ったので、その評価方法を以下に説明する。 (Evaluation of display quality)
By using the alignment film as a photo-alignment film, it is possible to provide an FFS liquid crystal display element having excellent transmittance characteristics and capable of reducing a decrease in alignment with liquid crystal molecules due to rubbing unevenness. Since the liquid crystal alignment was evaluated by various photo-alignment films, the evaluation method will be described below.
上記液晶配向膜を備えたガラス基板を用いて、液晶セルを作製した。より具体的には、配向膜がそれぞれ形成された第1基板と第2基板を、それぞれの液晶配向膜が対向し、かつ直線偏光を照射した、またはラビングした方向がアンチパラレル方向(180°)となるように配置し、2枚の基板間に一定の間隙(4μm)を保った状態で、周辺部をシール剤により張り合わせた。次に、液晶配向膜表面及びシール剤により区画されたセルギャップ内に、上記表の液晶組成物(調製例1~12)および重合性モノマー含有液晶組成物1、2、6、9および12を、滴下法により、透明点をちょうど超える温度で充填し、その後、室温まで冷却することでそれぞれ液晶セルを作製した。 (Production of liquid crystal cell)
A liquid crystal cell was produced using the glass substrate provided with the liquid crystal alignment film. More specifically, the first substrate and the second substrate on which the alignment films are respectively formed, the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and the direction in which the linearly polarized light is irradiated or rubbed is the antiparallel direction (180 °). The peripheral part was pasted with a sealing agent in a state where a constant gap (4 μm) was maintained between the two substrates. Next, the liquid crystal composition (Preparation Examples 1 to 12) and the polymerizable monomer-containing
(式1)の静的コントラストCRSの数値が大きいほど、オフ時光量Yoffが小さいこと、すなわち、光ヌケが少ないため、優れた黒表示であることを示す。 CRS = Yon / Yoff ... (Formula 1)
The larger the numerical value of the static contrast CRS in (Expression 1), the smaller the off-time light amount Yoff, that is, the smaller the amount of light leakage, and the better the black display.
1b 重合性モノマー
1c 重合性モノマーが重合したポリマー
100 第1基板
102 TFT層
103 画素電極
104 パッシベーション膜
105 第1配向膜
200 第2基板
201 平坦化膜(オーバーコート層)
202 ブラックマトリックス
203 カラーフィルタ
204 透明電極
205 第2配向膜
301 シール材
302 突起(柱状スペーサー)
303 液晶層
304 突起(柱状スペーサー)
401 マスクパターン
402 レジン層
L 光
1,8 偏光板
2 第一の基板
3 電極層
4 配向膜
5 液晶層
6 カラーフィルタ
6G カラーフィルタ緑
6R カラーフィルタ赤
6B カラーフィルタ青
7 第二の基板
11 ゲート電極
12 ゲート絶縁膜
13 半導体層
14 絶縁層
15 オーミック接触層
16 ドレイン電極
17 ソース電極
18 絶縁保護層
21 画素電極
22 共通電極
23 ストレイジキャパシタ
24 ドレイン電極
25 データ配線
27 ソース配線
29 共通ライン
30 バッファー層 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1a
202 Black matrix 203 Color filter 204 Transparent electrode 205 Second alignment film 301 Seal material 302 Projection (columnar spacer)
303 Liquid crystal layer 304 Protrusion (columnar spacer)
401 mask pattern 402 resin
Claims (7)
- 対向に配置された第一の基板および第二の基板と、
前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に充填された液晶組成物を含有する液晶層と、
前記第一の基板上に、共通電極、マトリクス状に配置される複数個のゲートバスライン及びデータバスライン、前記ゲートバスラインとデータバスラインとの交差部に設けられる薄膜トランジスタならびに前記薄膜トランジスタにより駆動され前記共通電極との間で基板に対して略平行な電界を形成する画素電極を画素毎に有する電極層と、
前記液晶層と前記第一の基板および前記液晶層と前記第二の基板との間に、少なくとも一方の基板に形成された光配向層と、を有し、
前記液晶組成物が、正の誘電率異方性を有し、ネマチック相-等方性液体の転移温度が60℃以上であり、一般式(i)
Ai1は、(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
ni1は、1、2、3または4を表し、ni1が2、3または4であってAi1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、ni1が2、3または4であってZi1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種または2種以上の化合物、及び、下記の一般式(J)
nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH2-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH2-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていても良く、
ZJ1及びZJ2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH2CH2-、-(CH2)4-、-OCH2-、-CH2O-、-OCF2-、-CF2O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種または2種以上含有することを特徴とする水平配向型の液晶表示素子。 A first substrate and a second substrate disposed opposite to each other;
A liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition filled between the first substrate and the second substrate;
Driven by the common electrode, a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix, a thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and the thin film transistor on the first substrate. An electrode layer having a pixel electrode for each pixel that forms an electric field substantially parallel to the substrate with the common electrode;
A photo-alignment layer formed on at least one substrate between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and the liquid crystal layer and the second substrate;
The liquid crystal composition has a positive dielectric anisotropy, a nematic phase-isotropic liquid transition temperature of 60 ° C. or higher, and represented by the general formula (i):
A i1 is, (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (the one present in the group -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- Good.)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
n i1 represents 1, 2, 3 or 4, and when n i1 is 2, 3 or 4, and there are a plurality of A i1 , they may be the same or different, and n i1 is When it is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z i1 are present, they may be the same or different. ) Or one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the formula (J)
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O-.)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) are each independently selected from the group consisting of cyano group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, methyl group, trifluoromethyl group or trifluoro May be substituted with a methoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents —COO—, —OCO— or —C≡C—,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of A J2 are present, they may be the same or different, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z J1 is present. If they are the same or different,
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. A horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element comprising one or more selected from compounds represented by the formula: - 前記画素電極は、櫛形であるか又はスリットを有する請求項1記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the pixel electrode has a comb shape or a slit.
- 前記画素電極と共通電極との間の電極間距離Rが、前記第一の基板と第二の基板との距離Gより小さい、請求項1または2に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein an interelectrode distance R between the pixel electrode and the common electrode is smaller than a distance G between the first substrate and the second substrate.
- 前記画素電極と共通電極との間の電極間距離Rが、前記第一の基板と第二の基板との距離Gより長い、請求項1または2に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein an interelectrode distance R between the pixel electrode and the common electrode is longer than a distance G between the first substrate and the second substrate.
- 該光配向層が光分解型である請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the photo-alignment layer is of a photolytic type.
- 前記液晶層は前記液晶組成物に重合性モノマーの硬化物を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の液晶表示素子。 6. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal layer contains a cured product of a polymerizable monomer in the liquid crystal composition.
- 前記電極間距離(R)が0であり、前記共通電極は、前記第一の基板のほぼ全面に、前記画素電極より第一の基板に近い位置に配置される、請求項3記載の液晶表示素子。 4. The liquid crystal display according to claim 3, wherein the inter-electrode distance (R) is 0, and the common electrode is disposed on a substantially entire surface of the first substrate at a position closer to the first substrate than the pixel electrode. element.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017536386A JPWO2017033830A1 (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2016-08-18 | Liquid crystal display element |
KR1020187007733A KR20180042337A (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2016-08-18 | Liquid crystal display element |
CN201680046785.3A CN107924090A (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2016-08-18 | Liquid crystal display element |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015163945 | 2015-08-21 | ||
JP2015-163945 | 2015-08-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017033830A1 true WO2017033830A1 (en) | 2017-03-02 |
Family
ID=58100269
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2016/074097 WO2017033830A1 (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2016-08-18 | Liquid crystal display element |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2017033830A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20180042337A (en) |
CN (1) | CN107924090A (en) |
TW (1) | TW201722996A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017033830A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114326195A (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2022-04-12 | 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 | Liquid crystal display element |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2015098659A1 (en) * | 2013-12-25 | 2015-07-02 | Dic株式会社 | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same |
US20150205169A1 (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2015-07-23 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Liquid crystal display |
WO2015122457A1 (en) * | 2014-02-14 | 2015-08-20 | Dic株式会社 | Lcd device |
WO2016021333A1 (en) * | 2014-08-04 | 2016-02-11 | Jnc株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5143475B2 (en) * | 2007-05-17 | 2013-02-13 | Dic株式会社 | Nematic liquid crystal composition and bistable nematic liquid crystal display device |
CN103430086B (en) * | 2011-08-17 | 2014-09-03 | 积水化学工业株式会社 | Sealing agent for liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element |
-
2016
- 2016-08-18 CN CN201680046785.3A patent/CN107924090A/en active Pending
- 2016-08-18 JP JP2017536386A patent/JPWO2017033830A1/en active Pending
- 2016-08-18 WO PCT/JP2016/074097 patent/WO2017033830A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-08-18 KR KR1020187007733A patent/KR20180042337A/en unknown
- 2016-08-19 TW TW105126544A patent/TW201722996A/en unknown
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2015098659A1 (en) * | 2013-12-25 | 2015-07-02 | Dic株式会社 | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same |
US20150205169A1 (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2015-07-23 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Liquid crystal display |
WO2015122457A1 (en) * | 2014-02-14 | 2015-08-20 | Dic株式会社 | Lcd device |
WO2016021333A1 (en) * | 2014-08-04 | 2016-02-11 | Jnc株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2017033830A1 (en) | 2018-03-01 |
KR20180042337A (en) | 2018-04-25 |
CN107924090A (en) | 2018-04-17 |
TW201722996A (en) | 2017-07-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6056983B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JP5930133B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
EP2883938B1 (en) | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
JP6638822B2 (en) | Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device | |
JP6721876B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
WO2018117213A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
WO2015025361A1 (en) | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same | |
JP5943228B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JP2015090427A (en) | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same | |
WO2017033830A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
WO2017033829A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JP2018101096A (en) | Liquid crystal display and polymerizable liquid crystal composition | |
WO2017033700A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JP6343914B2 (en) | Compound, polymer, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and optical anisotropic body | |
JP6607419B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16839177 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2017536386 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20187007733 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16839177 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |